# Coaching 360 > Get Unstuck. Scale Up. Live Better. --- ## Pages - [Leadership Alignment & Execution Support for Private Equity-Backed Businesses](https://coaching-360.co.uk/leadership-alignment-scaling-support-for-private-equity-backed-businesses/): Strategic leadership facilitation and executive coaching for private equity and investor-backed businesses. Align boards, professionalise leadership teams, and execute growth with discipline. - [Crossing the Chasm Successfully: What Changes on the Other Side](https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-what-changes-after/): Crossing the Chasm Successfully: What Changes on the Other Side Crossing the chasm successfully means moving from reactive growth driven... - [Crossing the Chasm Without Systems: Why Hustle Stops Working](https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-when-hustle-stops-working/): Crossing the Chasm Without Systems: Why Hustle Stops Working When businesses cross the chasm, the hustle and effort that once... - [Crossing the Chasm with a Team: Why Things Start to Break](https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-with-a-team/): Crossing the Chasm with a Team: Why Things Start to Break When businesses cross the chasm, team issues often emerge... - [Crossing the Chasm as a Business Owner: From Doer to Leader](https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-doer-to-leader/): Crossing the Chasm as a Business Owner: From Doer to Leader Crossing the chasm as a business owner is the... - [Crossing the Chasm in Business: Why This Stage Feels So Hard](https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-why-this-feels-hard/): As businesses grow and cross the chasm, complexity increases, leadership must change, and structure becomes more important than hustle. It is a normal transition for growth-stage businesses, not a sign of failure. - [Crossing the Chasm in Business Growth](https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/): Discover exactly what 'Crossing the Chasm' means to a scaling business owner. - [Free Leadership Masterclass: People Powered Growth](https://coaching-360.co.uk/free-business-events/free-leadership-masterclass-people-powered-growth/): Ultimate Leadership Masterclass: People Powered Growth The most important leadership lessons from 30 years in business, delivered in 3 focused... - [Process Accountability Chart (PACe) | Free Template Download](https://coaching-360.co.uk/process-accountability-chart-download/): Download the Process Accountability Chart (PACe) Turn Execution Into a System — Not a Guess The Process Accountability Chart (PACe)... - [Process Accountability Chart (PACe) | Scaling Up Framework](https://coaching-360.co.uk/process-accountability-chart-pace-scaling-up-framework/): The Process Accountability Chart (PACe) is a tool within the Scaling Up Framework, designed to give business owners absolute clarity over who owns what. - [EMI, EIS, VCT Explained: A Founder’s Guide to Scaling Up in the UK (2026 Edition)](https://coaching-360.co.uk/emi-eis-vct-guide-uk-scaleups-2025/): Plain-English guide to EMI, EIS and VCT for UK scale-ups, plus how to use funding and share options with Scaling Up to build a stronger, growth-ready team. - [Why 2026 Is the Best Time to Scale Your Business in the UK](https://coaching-360.co.uk/scale-business-uk-2025-budget-scaling-up/): Discover how new UK growth incentives, EMI share options and investor tax reliefs enable ambitious founders to scale, hire and grow with structure in 2026. - [Business Coaching | Leamington Spa](https://coaching-360.co.uk/west-midlands-business-coach/business-coaching-leamington-spa/): Kevin Riley is a ROI-Backed business coach in Leamington Spa enabling local business owners to grow, lead and scale with clarity, structure and leadership alignment. - [Business Coach in the West Midlands | Kevin Riley](https://coaching-360.co.uk/west-midlands-business-coach/): Business coach in the West Midlands. Kevin Riley enables ambitious business owners in Birmingham, Coventry, Leamington and across Warwickshire to scale with structure, not stress, using ActionCOACH and Scaling Up frameworks. Book a discovery call. - [ROI-Backed Business Coaching](https://coaching-360.co.uk/roi-backed-business-coaching/): Business Coaching without the risk. If your business coach doesn't pay for themselves. We'll give your money back - [Testimonials](https://coaching-360.co.uk/home/testimonials/): Explore how Kevin Riley's clients increased revenue, built stronger teams, and scaled with structure through working with a business coach. - [One Page Strategic Plan](https://coaching-360.co.uk/one-page-strategic-plan/): A One Page Strategic Plan distils your strategy into a single view your team can understand and act on. It is part of the Scaling Up framework Kevin Riley coaches and facilitates with leadership teams across the World. - [Kevin Riley | Award-Winning ICF Business Coach in the West Midlands](https://coaching-360.co.uk/meet-the-gang/kevin-riley-business-coach/): Meet Kevin Riley, award-winning business coach. Certified Scaling Up coach, Facilitator, DISC & Wealth Dynamics expert. Book a call to scale with confidence. - [Wealth Dynamics Profiling](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/wealth-dynamics-profiling/): Wealth Dynamics profiling identifies which of the eight proven entrepreneurial paths to wealth fits you best, so you can focus on where you add the most value and stop wasting energy elsewhere. - [Sales Training & Consultancy](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/sales-training-consultancy/): Sales Training & Consultancy | Coaching 360 Improving the performance, skillset and motivation of your Sales Team We turn your... - [Business Grants in the West Midlands](https://coaching-360.co.uk/business-grants-in-the-west-midlands/): Whether you're just getting started, scaling up, or looking to fund your next smart move, there's money out there to help in business grants. You just need to know where to look. - [Confirmation](https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/confirmation/): Thank you for your purchase! - [Order History](https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/order-history/): - [Transaction Failed](https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/transaction-failed/): Your transaction failed; please try again or contact site support. - [Receipt](https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/receipt/): - [Checkout](https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/): - [The Rockefeller Habits](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/the-rockefeller-habits/): Unlock 10 proven Rockefeller Habits to scale your business without chaos. Learn how Coaching 360 can guide your transformation. - [SMUTTIE | Set Better Business Goals](https://coaching-360.co.uk/content-overview/smuttie-goals/): Ditch SMART goals. Discover SMUTTIE goals — a goal-setting system for business owners who want clarity, momentum, and measurable results. - [Free Business Growth Events](https://coaching-360.co.uk/free-business-events/): Join free business workshops, events and masterclass in Warwickshire. Learn proven business growth strategies and connect with other business owners. - [Free Sales Event in Warwickshire](https://coaching-360.co.uk/free-business-events/ultimate-sales-masterclass-free-sales-event-in-warwickshire/): Get 30 years of proven sales expertise in just 4 hours. Join our FREE sales event in Warwickshire. - [Ultimate Sales Masterclass](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/personalised-workshops/ultimate-sales-masterclass-free-event-for-business-owners/): Join the Ultimate Free Sales Masterclass! Get 30 years of proven sales expertise in just 3 hours. Limited spots – book your free place today! - [Client Referral Programme](https://coaching-360.co.uk/client-referral-programme/): - [Downloads](https://coaching-360.co.uk/content-overview/downloads/): - [360 Sales Academy](https://coaching-360.co.uk/360-sales-academy-2024/): 360 Sales Academy is an exclusive sales course which helps you hone your skills and refine your strategies to maximize your sales. - [360 Sales Academy 2024](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/360-sales-academy/360-sales-academy-2024/): 360 Sales Academy is an exclusive sales course which helps you hone your skills and refine your strategies to maximize your sales. - [7 Secrets to Successful Selling](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/7-secrets-to-successful-selling/): Join Business Growth Specialist, Kevin Riley, for a #FREE online webinar giving you the opportunity to break free from the stresses of selling and learn how to thrive (not just survive!) in the world of sales. - [Sorry to see you go](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-growth-club-unsubscribe/): You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from GrowthCLUB emails. - [Sorry to see you go](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-book-club-unsubscribe/): You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from BookCLUB emails. - [Sorry to see you go](https://coaching-360.co.uk/unsubscribe/): You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from Coaching 360 emails. - [Sorry to see you go](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-kevin-unsubscribe/): You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from Kevin’s emails. - [Sorry to see you go](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-action-coach-unsubscribe/): You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from ActionCOACH emails. - [Scaling Up Coaching](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/scaling-up-coaching/): Confidential, Expert and Trusted Guidance £1m+ businesses. Certified Scaling Up Coaching for CEOs, Founders, Entrepreneurs, and Start Ups. Align leadership, build cadence, and Scale successfully and profitably. - [Facilitation](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/facilitation/): Transform your business with expert facilitation. Strategic planning sessions to align your executive team, drive growth, and unlock innovation. - [360 Sales Academy](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/360-sales-academy/): Do you want to step up your sales game? 360 Sales Academy is your answer. This exclusive sales course helps... - [Personalised Workshops](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/personalised-workshops/): Our personalised workshops are where your specific business needs take centre stage. We understand that every organisation is unique, and... - [VAK](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/vak/): Our VAK profiling service is a powerful tool for understanding your unique learning style. We recognize that everyone learns differently,... - [DiSC Personality Profile Assessments](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/disc-personality-profile-assessments/): Get DISC Personality Profile Assessments for individuals and business. Learn the four DISC types, strengths, weaknesses, and real-world applications in leadership, hiring, and teamwork. - [C360 Academy](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/): Welcome to C360 Academy, your gateway to professional growth and development. At C360 Academy, we are committed to equipping individuals... - [GrowthCLUB](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/growthclub/): Plan your next 90 days with confidence. Join GrowthCLUB, the strategic planning workshop for business owners who want results, not just ideas. Build Your 90-Day Business Growth Plan - [ActionCLUB](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/actionclub/): Twice-Monthly Business Coaching in a group setting on all the fundamentals of Business. Join other Founders for a half day business guidance session. - [One to One Business Coaching](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/1-to-1-coaching/): One-to-One Business Coaching for Business Owner ready to make a change Powered by the ActionCOACH Framework Are you ready to... - [Meet the Gang](https://coaching-360.co.uk/meet-the-gang/): Meet Coaching 360's team of business growth specialists, Scaling Up Certified Coaches and the people who make it all happen. - [Business Coaching | ActionCOACH Warwick](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/): Kevin Riley provides high impact, ROI Guaranteed Business Coaching for Founders, Owners and Entrepreneurs. Practical support on direct business challenges and ensuring your ideal life is met. - [Scaling Up](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/): Scale your business and work with Certified Scaling Up Coach Kevin Riley to Align Your Leadership Team and Accelerate Growth - [Kevin](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/kevin/): - [Services](https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/): Coaching 360 enables business owners with business coaching, growth events, scaling up framework implementation, leadership alignment and DISC personality profiling - [Content Overview](https://coaching-360.co.uk/content-overview/): - [Contact](https://coaching-360.co.uk/contact/): Contact Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 about business coaching, leadership alignment and facilitation, personality profiling or any business related challenge you need to solve. - [Blog](https://coaching-360.co.uk/blog/): - [Terms and Conditions](https://coaching-360.co.uk/terms-and-conditions/): By using this web site, you are agreeing to comply and be bound by the following terms of service and... - [Home](https://coaching-360.co.uk/): Coaching 360 enables business owners to solve problems and smash goals. Business Coaching, Scaling Up, Leadership Facilitation and Alignment and Personality Profiling. We're here. With over 30 years' experience, Kevin Riley recognises every business, every individual and every need is different and offers bespoke coaching and support for all. --- ## Posts - [Accountability Isn’t a People Problem: Why Growing Businesses Get Stuck Between Teams](https://coaching-360.co.uk/accountability-isnt-a-people-problem-why-growing-businesses-get-stuck-between-teams/): Accountability Isn’t a People Problem: Why Growing Businesses Get Stuck Between Teams Ask most founders where execution breaks down and... - [Why Scaling Businesses Lose Clarity (and How to Get It Back)](https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-scaling-businesses-lose-clarity-and-how-to-get-it-back/): Growth is supposed to make things easier. More people. More capability. More momentum. Yet for many founders, the opposite happens.... - [What the 2025 UK Budget Means for Scaling Businesses: Full Guide for Founders and Leadership Teams](https://coaching-360.co.uk/uk-budget-2025-scaling-business-guide/): Full breakdown of the 2025 UK Budget for business owners. See EMI, EIS, VCT changes, regional funding and what it means for scaling your company in 2026. - [How to Make Your Business Scalable (Using the Scaling Up Framework)](https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-make-your-business-scalable-using-the-scaling-up-framework/): Discover how to scale your business with the Scaling Up framework trust by over 80,000 businesses. - [Should You Announce Your B2B Event Is Sold Out?](https://coaching-360.co.uk/should-you-announce-your-b2b-event-is-sold-out/): Should you announce your business event is sold out? See data-backed insights on scarcity, attendance, and no-shows plus practical tips to turn “sold out” into your next marketing opportunity. - [Kevin Riley gains Membership to the ICF (International Coaching Federation)](https://coaching-360.co.uk/kevin-riley-gains-membership-to-the-icf-international-coaching-federation/): Business Coach Kevin Riley is now a member of the International Coaching Federation. - [Plan 2026 Like a Champion | GrowthCLUB with Paralympic Gold Medallist Danny Crates](https://coaching-360.co.uk/growthclub-december-2025-danny-crates/): Visit GrowthCLUB on 10th December at Ashorne Hill, Warwickshire. Build your 90-day business plan and learn from Paralympic Gold Medallist and performance coach Danny Crates. - [One-Page Strategic Plan Template (Free Download)](https://coaching-360.co.uk/one-page-strategic-plan-template-free-download/): One-Page Strategic Plan Template (Free) Create alignment in under an hour. This editable template for the One Page Strategic Plan... - [Plateau to Breakthrough: 7 Levers Business Coaches Use to Unlock Growth](https://coaching-360.co.uk/plateau-to-breakthrough-7-levers-business-coaches-use-to-unlock-growth/): Is your business stuck? Discover the 7 proven levers top business coaches use to break through plateaus, boost profits, and reignite growth. Learn how Coaching 360 applies them in real life. - [Choosing the Right Business Coach for Your Growth Stage (and How to Avoid Costly Mistakes)](https://coaching-360.co.uk/choosing-the-right-business-coach-for-your-growth-stage-and-how-to-avoid-costly-mistakes/): Learn how to choose a business coach that fits your goals, growth stage, and leadership style. Discover what to look for, red flags to avoid, and how Coaching 360 enables real, measurable results. - [Why Does the UK Tax Year Start on 6 April?](https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-does-the-uk-tax-year-start-on-6-april/): Ever wondered, "Why does our tax year start on 6 April - not 1 January like most places?" Here's the quick answer, deep dive and Myth-Busting for the curious Business Owners - [Leadership Alignment: How Facilitation Exposes Toxic Culture Behaviours like Mushroom Management](https://coaching-360.co.uk/leadership-alignment-how-facilitation-exposes-toxic-culture-behaviours-like-mushroom-management/): Leadership Alignment case study. See how Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 enabled clarity to resolve a toxic middle-management practice known as Mushroom Management. - [5 Signs You Have Accountability Gaps in Your Business](https://coaching-360.co.uk/accountability-gaps/): Learn how to identify accountability gaps in your team and fix them with a simple structure. Discover the 5 signs to look for — and how to respond. - [Function Accountability Chart: 6 Steps to Structure and Scale](https://coaching-360.co.uk/function-accountability-chart/): Scaling Up's Function Accountability Chart (FACe) helps growing teams define ownership, reduce confusion, and scale faster. Download a free template for your business from Coaching 360. - [Finding the Right Business Coach for You - and Why It Matters](https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-find-the-right-business-coach-for-you/): Choosing a business coach isn’t just a smart move - it’s a strategic one. But only if you find the right one. Discover how we make finding a coach easier - [Kevin Riley Wins UK’s Best Business Coach Award](https://coaching-360.co.uk/kevin-riley-wins-best-business-coach/): Kevin Riley named the UK’s Best Business Coach at the 2024 SBA Awards. Discover what makes him the go-to business coach for growth-focused business owners. - [Scaling Up? The 4 Clever and Critical Decisions Business Owners Need To Make](https://coaching-360.co.uk/scaling-up-four-decisions/): Discover the Four Decisions around People, Strategy, Execution and Cash to make when enabling sustainable growth with the Scaling Up Framework. Real examples and expert insights from award-winning coach Kevin Riley. - [Think Positive? Why Hope Isn’t a Risk Management Strategy](https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-hope-isnt-a-business-risk-management-strategy/): Discover effective business risk management strategies crucial for growth, beyond mere optimism. Ensure your business thrives. - [Managing Your Business Ahead of the UK Budget](https://coaching-360.co.uk/managing-your-business-ahead-of-the-uk-budget/): Prepare your business for the upcoming UK budget changes with practical tips on managing uncertainty and focusing on what you can control. - [Streamlining Business Operations for Success](https://coaching-360.co.uk/streamlining-business-operations-for-success/): Start streamlining business operations, remove bottlenecks, and grow your business—without the drama? - [How Would You Put Your Own Company Out of Business?](https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-would-you-put-your-own-company-out-of-business/): This question can illuminate weaknesses and opportunities for strategic improvement, ultimately guiding you toward sustainable growth. - [The Stakeholder Satisfaction Check](https://coaching-360.co.uk/the-stakeholder-satisfaction-check/): Measure stakeholder satisfaction today: gauge happiness, engagement, and rehire likelihood. Take action with Coaching 360’s proven assessment. - [The Importance of a Consistent Cash Source](https://coaching-360.co.uk/the-importance-of-a-consistent-cash-source/): Do you have the cash to make your dreams a reality? If not, it's time to take action. Even the most powerful engine can't run on empty. - [Cracking The Competition](https://coaching-360.co.uk/cracking-the-competition/): Keep your friends close and your competitors closer, for in the game of business, knowledge truly is power. - [A coach called Juliette](https://coaching-360.co.uk/a-coach-called-juliette/): Today, as a high performance business coach, Juliette brings a wealth of life experiences to the table, grounded in the belief that there's always something to learn from others. - [How to navigate a business partnership with a partner/family.](https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-navigate-a-business-partnership-with-a-partner-family/): A business partnership with your partner/family can be an exciting adventure. However, like any partnership, it comes with its challenges. - [Conquering the 2025 Tax Year](https://coaching-360.co.uk/conquering-the-2025-tax-year/): It’s April 2024 and the tax year is over. You’ve spent the past few months slaving over your receipts, you’re breathing a sigh of relief, but do you really want to go through that stress again? - [Our Top 7 Effective Lead Generation Strategies](https://coaching-360.co.uk/our-top-7-effective-lead-generation-strategies/): Let’s face it, as a business owner, you’re constantly on the lookout for ways to expand your reach, capture attention,... - [Why is company culture so important?](https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-is-company-culture-so-important/): Company culture “In a nutshell, culture is the “heartbeat” of a company” – Gary Vaynerchuk Company culture is like an... - [How to stay on top of March Madness!](https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-stay-on-top-of-march-madness/): As the month of March rolls on, with it comes the madness that ensues. Deadlines, taxes, the end of Q1, team management, and pretty much everything else that comes with being a business owner. - [Are you focusing on the right things in your marketing?](https://coaching-360.co.uk/are-you-focusing-on-the-right-things-in-your-marketing/): It’s time to actually understand your prospect. How do they feel? What are their desires, fears, and aspirations? - [How to get the most out of business books!](https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-get-the-most-out-of-business-books/): Business books can be a goldmine of knowledge, but it's all too easy to forget or misplace valuable insights.You're not alone in this struggle. - [How to attract GREAT staff](https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-attract-great-staff/): If you have been having difficulty attracting and retaining great staff, isn’t it time to reflect on the reasons why?... - [Leveraging Literature](https://coaching-360.co.uk/leveraging-literature/): At ActionCOACH Warwick, we’re huge advocates for the transformative potential of reading in the corporate world. As avid reader ourselves,... - [10 Top Leadership Tips](https://coaching-360.co.uk/10-top-leadership-tips/): In a fast-paced corporate world, effective leadership is the linchpin that holds an organisation together. By cultivating your leadership qualities,... - [Blueprinting your life!](https://coaching-360.co.uk/blueprinting-your-life/): Do you manage to deliver all your projects on time, stay on top of your responsibilities, respond to all your... - [It’s not just coffee and cake!](https://coaching-360.co.uk/its-not-just-coffee-and-cake/): If you Google what networking is, it will probably fire back an answer along the lines of ‘the action or... - [IF](https://coaching-360.co.uk/if/): IF, by Rudyard Kipling – a poem which has resonated with me throughout my life and my career. In light... - [A coach called Kevin](https://coaching-360.co.uk/a-business-coach-called-kevin-riley/): What makes Kevin Riley such a unique Business Coach? Here's his story and why he chose to become a Business Growth Specialist after losing everything. --- ## Articles - [What Is Topgrading? A Hiring Method for Building A-Players | Kevin Riley](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/topgrading-interview-methodology/): Hire A-Players and reduce costly mis-hires. Learn how the Topgrading hiring methodology works and how Kevin Riley helps business owners apply it sensibly when building teams. - [Warwickshire Business Coach Kevin Riley Shortlisted for National Business Leader of the Year Award](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/warwickshire-business-coach-kevin-riley-shortlisted-for-national-business-leader-of-the-year-award/): Looking for one of the UK’s best business coaches? Warwickshire-based Kevin Riley has just been named a finalist for Business... - [5 tips for businesses to maximise efficiency during crisis](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/5-tips-for-businesses-to-maximise-efficiency-during-crisis/): Whenever there’s a crisis, as humans, we tend to lose control just a little bit. But when it comes to... - [Kevin Riley wins National BFA Community Hero Award](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/bfa-award-win-kevin-riley-community-hero/): Since the Community Hero Award win. Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 has continued supporting business owners by gifting free business coaching sessions. - [Business Holidays](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/business-holidays-pr/): Taking a summer holiday from business life With almost 1. 5million1 decision makers in SMEs not having any time off... - [Coventry Expansion](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/coventry-expansion/): Award-winning business coaching firm expands services to Coventry Just shy of two years since launching in Warwick, award-winning business coaching... - [Global Win](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/global-win/): Leamington business coach boosts local economy by £31million A local business coach has boosted the Warwickshire economy by a staggering... - [Growth Coach](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/growth-coach-pr/): Leamington business coach wins three awards in as many months Just a few months after bringing home a national award... - [Hospitality and Care Staff](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/hospitality-and-care-staff-pr/): How can hospitality and care businesses attract talent and retain their staff? Expert business coach, Kevin Riley, at ActionCOACH Warwick... - [Leadership for Innovation](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/leadership-for-innovation/): 5 ways leaders can inspire innovation Companies all over the world are constantly innovating – or so we think. A... - [Leadership Week](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/leadership-week/): International Leadership Week is championed by local business growth specialist A helping hand for the business leaders of tomorrow 18th-21st... - [Read a Book Day](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/read-a-book-day-pr/): The benefits of reading for business decision-makers Every year, Read a Book Day is designed to encourage people to put... - [Business Freedom](https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/business-freedom-pr/): Local business owners and leaders share how to OWN your business The dream of building a business that gives you... --- ## Case Studies - [The HR Consultants](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/the-hr-consultants/): Being a HR expert was second nature to Charlotte Pitts, founder of The HR Consultants, a Stratford-upon-Avon based HR consultancy business – but, like so many business owners, Charlotte knew that she needed to develop her business skills and acumen to ensure the business could grow. - [Twentytwo Digital](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/twentytwo-digital/): Lee Corden and Jason Nye joined forces in 2015 to form Twentytwo Digital, a creative design and web studio in... - [The Pack Smart Group](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/the-pack-smart-group/): Achieving success in the order fulfilment, packaging and distribution industry during and after the COVID-19 lockdown. - [Magnetar IT](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/magnetar-it/): Background Today, the IT business solutions company has a global presence and last year alone increased its profit by 100%... - [Shebang Design & Marketing](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/shebang-design-marketing/): In 2010, Shebang Design & Marketing was born out of Emma Anderson’s desire to support clients with innovative full-service design... - [Paint n Powder Services](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/paint-n-powder-services/): For over 25 years Paint n Powder Services have been providing high-quality powder coating finishes to thousands of products from... - [Carty Services](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/carty-services/): Cultivating a profitable business with ActionCOACH Carty Services, a gardening contractor based in Warwickshire, was founded in 2005 by Martin... - [Rev PR](https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/rev-pr/): In 2015, Rev PR was born as the brainchild of Lucy Archer and Sally Anne Butters. As a PR agency... --- ## Downloads - [One Page Strategic Plan Template](https://coaching-360.co.uk/downloads/one-page-strategic-plan-template/): Download a free One Page Strategic Plan Template to align your team, set clear priorities, and drive business growth with focus and accountability. --- # # Detailed Content ## Pages ### Leadership Alignment & Execution Support for Private Equity-Backed Businesses > Strategic leadership facilitation and executive coaching for private equity and investor-backed businesses. Align boards, professionalise leadership teams, and execute growth with discipline. - Published: 2026-02-13 - Modified: 2026-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/leadership-alignment-scaling-support-for-private-equity-backed-businesses/ Executive Coaching, Leadership Alignment & Execution Support for Private Equity-Backed Businesses Investment accelerates growth but also exposes weaknesses. Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 work with private equity firms, Operating Partners and portfolio company leadership teams to align strategy, install accountability and execute with discipline. This is Scaling Up certified executive coaching and leadership alignment designed specifically for investor-backed businesses. Get Support with Scaling What Happens to Leadership After Private Equity Investment? The business that secured funding is rarely structured for the scale now required. In PE-backed businesses, we commonly see (and solve): Increased governance expectations Pressure for measurable quarterly delivery Tension between founder instinct and board oversight Leadership capability gaps exposed by growth Strategy agreed at board level but inconsistently executed Executive coaching in this environment is not developmental theory, It's commercial discipline. Common Challenges in Private Equity Portfolio Companies Leadership Alignment Challenges in Private Equity-Backed Businesses Board and management agree the growth target. The route to get there is less aligned. Priorities compete. Accountability blurs. Execution slows. Leadership alignment becomes a structural necessity, not a cultural aspiration. Board Facilitation & Strategic Alignment for PE Portfolio Companies Strategy agreed in the boardroom must translate into operational action. We facilitate structured board and leadership alignment sessions that: Clarify long-term value creation targets Define quarterly execution priorities Establish governance clarity Align investor expectation with operational reality These sessions produce measurable outputs, not discussion notes. Executive Coaching During Founder-to-CEO Transition After Investment Many portfolio companies remain founder-led. Post-investment, the role shifts: Greater board visibility More structured reporting Increased strategic scrutiny Higher decision stakes Executive coaching at this stage focuses on clarity, decision discipline and leadership maturity within an investor-backed environment. Installing Clear Accountability Structures in Portfolio Companies Growth exposes informal systems. Roles overlap, meetings multiply. and decisions duplicate. We install clear functional and process accountability using structured frameworks such as the Functional Accountability Chart (FACe) and Process Accountability Chart (PACe), ensuring every major responsibility has a defined owner. Accountability reduces friction and Clarity increases pace. Scaling Operational Structure in Investor-Backed Growth Businesses Revenue growth without operational clarity creates instability. Portfolio companies often require: Defined quarterly execution cadence Measurable 90-day priorities Stronger performance visibility Clear cash discipline Scaling requires rhythm, not intensity. Our Approach: Executive Coaching & Scaling Up for PE-Backed Businesses We combine executive coaching, leadership facilitation and Scaling Up implementation to strengthen performance inside private equity-backed businesses. Our work includes: Executive Coaching for portfolio company CEOs Leadership alignment workshops for senior teams Board strategy facilitation Scaling Up framework implementation One Page Strategic Plan (OPSP) deployment Functional Accountability Chart design Embedding the Rockefeller Habits Installation of quarterly and annual execution cadence The objective is operational clarity: Defined accountability Measurable priorities Transparent reporting Disciplined meeting rhythm Alignment between board and management This is structured implementation, not advisory commentary. Executive Coaching for Private Equity Portfolio Company CEOs Leading under private equity ownership is different from running an independent business. Investor expectations compress time. Visibility increases. Performance scrutiny intensifies. Our executive coaching for PE-backed CEOs focuses on: Strategic clarity Investor alignment Decision quality Leadership resilience under pressure Governance confidence The goal is measurable leadership performance within a growth-stage environment. Book a Discovery Call Scaling Up Implementation for Investor-Backed Companies Kevin Riley is a Certified Scaling Up Coach. The Scaling Up framework provides structure in making 4 decisions across four critical areas: PEOPLE STRATEGY EXECUTION CASH The '4 Ds' of Scaling Up Within portfolio companies, this creates: Clear long-term targets Aligned leadership teams Disciplined quarterly execution Stronger financial clarity For Operating Partners, this becomes a practical value-creation mechanism. For CEOs, it becomes operational stability. Why Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 for Private Equity-Backed Businesses Kevin Riley is a Award-Winning, Business Growth Specialist, founder and Certified Scaling Up Coach. He has built and operated a £20 million business and understands entrepreneurial growth and investor expectation. Kevin Riley, Scaling Up Specialist Our executive coaching and leadership alignment work is calm, structured and commercially grounded. We operate comfortably alongside: Boards Operating Partners Non-executive directors Portfolio company CEOs We do not replace leadership. We strengthen its structure. Start a Strategic Conversation If you are leading or overseeing a private equity-backed business and require stronger leadership alignment, executive coaching or Scaling Up implementation, arrange a confidential discussion. This is a structured conversation about clarity, accountability and execution discipline. Start the process Frequently Asked Questions About Executive Coaching for Private Equity-Backed Businesses Do you provide executive coaching for private equity portfolio companies? Yes. We work directly with CEOs and senior leaders within PE-backed... --- ### Crossing the Chasm Successfully: What Changes on the Other Side - Published: 2026-01-22 - Modified: 2026-02-06 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-what-changes-after/ Crossing the Chasm Successfully: What Changes on the Other Side Crossing the chasm successfully means moving from reactive growth driven by effort to intentional growth supported by structure. On the other side, decision-making becomes clearer, leadership feels lighter, teams operate with confidence, and growth becomes more predictable. This stage is not about easing ambition, but about creating clarity and rhythm. When you’re in the middle of crossing the chasm, it’s hard to imagine the business feeling any lighter. Everything feels connected. Decisions feel heavier than they used to. You’re involved in more than you want to be — and less than you should. That’s why many business owners quietly assume this is just how it is now. It isn’t. Crossing the chasm is a phase, not a permanent state. What the Other Side of the Chasm Actually Looks Like Businesses that cross the chasm successfully don’t suddenly become easy. What they do become is clear. On the other side: Decisions are fewer and better Priorities are visible and understood People know what they own Leaders spend less time reacting The noise drops. Not because the business is smaller — but because it’s designed to cope with its own complexity. The Biggest Difference Business Owners Notice After Crossing the Chasm Most owners expect success on the other side to feel like acceleration. In reality, it feels like relief. Common comments at this stage sound like: “I’m not needed in every conversation anymore. ” “Things move without me chasing. ” “I can actually think again. ” That relief isn’t accidental. It comes from replacing informal effort with intentional structure. How Leadership Feels Different After Crossing the Chasm Leadership on the far side of the chasm is quieter. Less heroic. Less urgent. More deliberate. Owners tend to: Set direction rather than solve everything Focus on the decisions that matter most Create rhythm instead of firefighting The business no longer relies on constant presence. It relies on clarity. That shift is what allows leaders to regain headspace without losing control. What Changes for Teams After the Chasm Teams experience the shift just as strongly. On the other side: Ownership replaces escalation Confidence replaces hesitation Accountability feels fair rather than heavy People stop guessing. They stop waiting. They stop second-guessing themselves. Performance improves not because of pressure — but because the environment supports good decisions. Why Growth Becomes More Predictable After Crossing the Chasm Before crossing the chasm, growth is often reactive. You respond to opportunities. You patch problems as they appear. You rely on instinct and effort. After crossing the chasm, growth becomes intentional. Priorities are clear Trade-offs are understood Execution has rhythm That doesn’t remove risk. But it makes progress visible, manageable, and far less draining. The Quiet Confidence That Appears on the Other Side One of the least discussed changes is emotional. Owners who’ve crossed the chasm successfully often feel: Less anxious More grounded More confident in their decisions Not because everything is perfect — but because they’re no longer carrying uncertainty alone. The business stops feeling fragile. Why Many Businesses Never Fully Cross the Chasm It’s worth saying this plainly. Many good businesses don’t fail at this stage. They stall. Not because the owners aren’t capable — but because they keep trying to win the next phase using the tools that worked in the last one. Crossing the chasm requires a willingness to: Let go of familiar ways of working Redefine what leadership looks like Build structure before it feels urgent Those who make that shift rarely regret it. The Final Reframe for Business Owners If your business feels heavier than it should right now, that’s not a red flag. It’s a sign you’re standing at a transition point. Crossing the chasm doesn’t mean losing what made the business successful. It means protecting it by giving it the structure it now needs. On the other side isn’t chaos or compromise. It’s clarity. It’s rhythm. It’s space to lead again. Where This Leaves You If these five articles have resonated, there’s a strong chance you’re not stuck. You’re simply in the middle of crossing the chasm. And once you recognise that, the next steps become far clearer. This is the stage we work in with growth-stage business owners — not to change who they are, but to help their business evolve without burning them out. Crossing the Chasm: What Comes Next in the Series Over the rest of this series, we explore: Why crossing the chasm demands a leadership shift What happens... --- ### Crossing the Chasm Without Systems: Why Hustle Stops Working - Published: 2026-01-22 - Modified: 2026-02-06 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-when-hustle-stops-working/ Crossing the Chasm Without Systems: Why Hustle Stops Working When businesses cross the chasm, the hustle and effort that once drove growth stop scaling. As complexity increases, informal ways of working create friction rather than momentum. This stage requires structure in decision-making, accountability, and execution rhythm so growth can continue without burnout or constant intervention. For a long time, effort was your competitive advantage. You worked harder. You stayed closer. You pushed when things slowed down. And it worked. One of the most confusing parts of crossing the chasm is realising that the very thing that built the business — hustle — now starts to hold it back. That doesn’t mean hustle was wrong. It means the business has changed. Why Effort Works Early On (And Why That’s Misleading) In the early stages of a business: Decisions are obvious Communication is instant Mistakes are small and recoverable Effort fills the gaps. If something breaks, you see it. If something’s unclear, you fix it. If something needs doing, you do it. That responsiveness is powerful. It creates momentum. But it also masks deeper issues. While effort can compensate for a lack of structure early on, it cannot do that forever. What Changes When Businesses Are Crossing the Chasm As a business grows: Decisions multiply Dependencies increase Consequences get heavier Suddenly: Small mistakes cost more Unclear ownership creates delays “Quick fixes” create knock-on problems At this point, effort no longer creates leverage. It creates friction. That’s when hustle stops working — not because you’re tired, but because the system you’re operating in has outgrown informal ways of working. Why Crossing the Chasm Often Leads to Burnout Many business owners respond to this stage by digging deeper. Longer hours. Faster responses. More involvement. The result is usually: Constant urgency No mental space A sense of running without moving forward Burnout at this stage isn’t caused by laziness or weakness. It’s caused by trying to scale effort instead of structure. When everything relies on you noticing, deciding, and fixing, the business becomes unsustainably heavy. Why the Word “Systems” Puts Owners Off (And Why That Matters) For many owners, systems sound: Corporate Bureaucratic Restrictive So they avoid them. But systems, done properly, are not about rules for the sake of it. They’re about: Reducing decision fatigue Making expectations visible Allowing people to operate confidently without constant checking In other words, systems create freedom, not rigidity. That distinction becomes critical when businesses are crossing the chasm. Where Systems Actually Matter When Crossing the Chasm A common mistake at this stage is assuming systems are needed everywhere. They’re not. When businesses are crossing the chasm, structure matters most in three areas: Decision-making — who decides what, and when Accountability — who owns outcomes, not just tasks Rhythm — how priorities are reviewed and adjusted When these are clear, much of the noise disappears. When they’re not, effort fills the void — and exhausts everyone involved. Practical Ways to Replace Hustle with Structure When Crossing the Chasm For many owners, the real challenge at this stage isn’t understanding that hustle has stopped working. It’s knowing what to put in place instead. This is where a small number of practical tools can make a disproportionate difference — not by adding complexity, but by giving the business something solid to lean on instead of constant effort. Checking your execution rhythm with the Rockefeller Habits When businesses cross the chasm, execution often becomes inconsistent. Things happen — but not predictably. The Rockefeller Habits are useful here as a sense-check rather than a rulebook. They help leaders ask: Do we have clear priorities that stay visible? Are we reviewing progress regularly, or only when things go wrong? Do meetings create clarity, or just activity? Used properly, the Rockefeller Habits introduce rhythm so execution doesn’t rely on constant chasing. Clarify priorities with a One-Page Strategic Plan One of the biggest drains on energy during the chasm is scattered focus. The One-Page Strategic Plan (OPSP) helps leadership teams step back and answer: What actually matters right now? What are we saying no to? What does success look like over the next 90 days? For businesses crossing the chasm, the OPSP is less about ambition and more about alignment. It ensures effort is pointed in one direction rather than spread thin across everything. Remove decision bottlenecks with a Functional Accountability Chart As teams grow and management layers appear, decision-making often slows — not because people are incapable, but because ownership is unclear. The Function Accountability... --- ### Crossing the Chasm with a Team: Why Things Start to Break - Published: 2026-01-22 - Modified: 2026-02-06 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-with-a-team/ Crossing the Chasm with a Team: Why Things Start to Break When businesses cross the chasm, team issues often emerge not because people have changed, but because growth has outpaced structure. As roles blur, accountability becomes unclear, and decision-making slows, even good teams can appear less effective. This stage requires clarity and structure, not more pressure, to restore confidence and performance. One of the most frustrating parts of crossing the chasm is what happens to your team. People who used to be proactive now seem hesitant. Things that once ran smoothly start to wobble. You find yourself stepping back in, chasing, checking, and clarifying far more than you expected. At this point, many business owners ask the same question: “What’s gone wrong with my team? ” In most cases, the honest answer is: nothing. You’re not dealing with a people problem. You’re dealing with a growth-stage problem. You’re crossing the chasm. Why Teams Struggle When Businesses Cross the Chasm In the early stages of a business, teams tend to run on: Proximity Informal communication Founder intuition Everyone knows what’s going on because the business is small enough to feel. As the business grows, that shared understanding fades — often without anyone noticing. When businesses are crossing the chasm: Roles blur Decisions become more frequent Consequences become bigger The informal ways of working that once felt efficient quietly stop scaling. The team hasn’t changed. The environment has. The Hidden Shift Teams Aren’t Prepared for When Crossing the Chasm One of the biggest changes at this stage is responsibility. Earlier in the journey: People “chip in” Ownership is loose The founder fills gaps instinctively As the business grows: Outcomes need clear owners Decisions need defined authority Gaps create real cost If this shift isn’t made explicit, teams begin to operate cautiously. Not because they don’t care — but because they don’t want to get it wrong. From the outside, this can look like: Lack of initiative Poor accountability Needing hand-holding From the inside, it usually feels like uncertainty. Why Good People Can Look Like Poor Performers During the Chasm This is often the point where owners lose confidence — in themselves and in their team. But what’s typically happening is this: Expectations have increased Context has decreased Clarity hasn’t kept up People are still working hard, but in slightly different directions. Crossing the chasm exposes what was never properly defined: Who owns what Who decides what What “good” actually looks like Without that clarity, performance dips — even with capable, committed people. The Accountability Trap Owners Fall into When Crossing the Chasm When things start to wobble, owners often respond instinctively by: Getting more involved Double-checking work Making more decisions themselves That feels responsible. In reality, it often reinforces the problem. The more you step in, the more the team waits. The more the team waits, the more pressure lands back on you. That loop is exhausting — and completely normal when businesses are crossing the chasm. Why Crossing the Chasm Creates Tension on All Sides This stage is difficult because everyone feels it — differently. For owners: It feels like you’re carrying too much You wonder why people “don’t step up” For teams: It feels like the goalposts are moving It’s unclear where authority starts and ends Neither side is wrong. The business has simply outgrown its old operating rhythm. The Reframe Teams and Leaders Need When Crossing the Chasm Here’s the shift that matters. When team issues show up during crossing the chasm, the solution is rarely: More motivation Better people Harsher management It is almost always: Clear roles Defined accountability Better decision structure When those are in place, people relax. Performance improves. Initiative returns. Not because you pushed harder — but because you removed ambiguity. What Teams Need to Cross the Chasm Successfully On the other side of this stage, teams tend to have: Clear ownership of outcomes Fewer escalations More confident decision-making Leaders stop chasing. Teams stop guessing. That shift doesn’t happen by accident. It happens when leaders recognise that growth requires clarity, not control. The Reassurance Business Owners Need to Hear If your team feels harder to manage right now, that doesn’t mean you’ve hired badly. It usually means your business has grown faster than its structure. That’s not a failure. It’s a signal. And it’s one of the clearest signs you’re crossing the chasm. What Happens Next When Teams Get Through the Chasm Once accountability and clarity catch up with growth: Pressure lifts Conversations get easier... --- ### Crossing the Chasm as a Business Owner: From Doer to Leader - Published: 2026-01-22 - Modified: 2026-02-06 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-doer-to-leader/ Crossing the Chasm as a Business Owner: From Doer to Leader Crossing the chasm as a business owner is the stage where personal effort and hands-on involvement stop scaling. As the business grows, the owner’s role must shift from doing and solving to setting direction, designing structure, and leading through others. This transition often feels uncomfortable and personal, but it is a normal leadership shift in growth-stage businesses. One of the hardest parts of crossing the chasm is that it doesn’t just change the business. It changes you. What used to make you effective — being hands-on, solving problems quickly, knowing what’s going on everywhere — starts to create friction instead of momentum. That can feel deeply uncomfortable, especially for owners who take pride in being capable, reliable, and involved. This stage isn’t about losing your edge. It’s about your role changing. What Does Crossing the Chasm Mean for Business Owners? For business owners, crossing the chasm marks the point where leadership becomes indirect. Earlier in the journey: You solve problems personally Decisions move quickly The business reflects your presence As the business grows: Decisions multiply People look to you less for answers and more for clarity Your influence spreads through others, not actions Crossing the chasm is the moment where personal effectiveness must give way to organisational effectiveness. That shift is subtle — and often resisted. When Business Owners Typically Start Crossing the Chasm This transition often shows up at the same time as visible growth. The team gets bigger. Managers appear. You’re no longer in every conversation. Instead of leading individuals, you’re now leading leaders. You may notice: Fewer direct wins More time spent in meetings Less certainty about what’s really happening day to day For many owners, this is the first time leadership feels abstract rather than practical. That’s not failure. It’s the reality of crossing the chasm. Why the Leadership Shift Feels So Difficult Most business owners built their confidence through competence. You knew the work. You solved the problems. You could step in and fix things when needed. Crossing the chasm challenges that identity. Leadership now requires: Letting others decide Accepting slower feedback loops Trusting systems instead of instincts That can feel like losing control — even when it’s the only way to scale it. The Most Common Leadership Mistake When Crossing the Chasm The most common mistake owners make at this stage is trying to hold on to their old role. They: Stay involved in too many decisions Step back in when things feel messy Become the safety net for everyone That feels responsible. In reality, it delays the transition. When owners remain central to everything, the business never fully adapts — and the pressure never lifts. Crossing the chasm requires letting go of being the best doer so the organisation can become effective without you. Why Crossing the Chasm Often Feels Personal for Owners Many owners experience this stage as self-doubt. They think: “I should be better at this by now. ” “Why does this feel harder than before? ” “Maybe I’m not cut out for this next stage. ” That internal dialogue is common — and misleading. Crossing the chasm isn’t a confidence problem. It’s a role transition. The business has changed faster than your leadership identity has caught up. What Usually Breaks First in Owner-Led Leadership As owners cross the chasm, predictable patterns appear. Common signs include: Decisions bottlenecking with you Managers escalating issues unnecessarily You feeling stretched, but not impactful Leadership time filling with noise instead of direction These are not leadership failures. They’re signals that the business now needs leadership by design, not by proximity. The Reframe Owners Need When Crossing the Chasm Here’s the reframe that changes everything. Leadership at this stage is no longer about: Being the most capable person Having the answers Moving fastest It’s about: Setting direction Creating clarity Designing how decisions are made Crossing the chasm means shifting from doing the work to designing the system that does the work. Once that clicks, leadership starts to feel lighter again. What Changes When Owners Lead Differently On the other side of this shift: Managers lead with confidence Decisions move without constant escalation You regain thinking space The business no longer relies on your presence to function. That’s not disengagement. That’s effective leadership at scale. Crossing the Chasm as a Leader: What Comes Next Crossing the chasm as a business owner is one of the most demanding leadership transitions there is. Not because it requires more... --- ### Crossing the Chasm in Business: Why This Stage Feels So Hard > As businesses grow and cross the chasm, complexity increases, leadership must change, and structure becomes more important than hustle. It is a normal transition for growth-stage businesses, not a sign of failure. - Published: 2026-01-22 - Modified: 2026-02-06 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/crossing-the-chasm-why-this-feels-hard/ Crossing the Chasm in Business Growth: Why This Stage Feels So Hard Crossing the chasm in business growth is the stage where early success driven by effort and involvement stops scaling. As businesses grow, complexity increases, leadership must change, and structure becomes more important than hustle. This phase often feels uncomfortable and personal, but it is a normal transition for growth-stage businesses, not a sign of failure. If your business feels harder than it used to even though you’re more experienced, more capable, and likely proven yourself to be more successful, you’re not imagining it. And you’re not doing anything wrong. You’re likely crossing the chasm. This is a stage almost every growing business reaches, yet very few people talk about it honestly. It’s the point where effort stops delivering the same returns, complexity creeps in quietly, and the business starts demanding more from you than it ever has before. For many owners, this is the most confusing phase of all. What Does “Crossing the Chasm” Mean in Business Growth? In simple terms, crossing the chasm is the transition between: A business that grows through energy, involvement, and hustle And a business that needs structure, leadership, and clear decision-making to keep growing Early success often comes from doing more. Being involved everywhere. Caring deeply. Fixing problems quickly. That approach works right up until it doesn’t. At a certain point, the same behaviours that built the business begin to slow it down. The business becomes more complex, decisions have wider consequences, and informal ways of working start to crack under pressure. That moment is the chasm. When Businesses Typically Start Crossing the Chasm For many owners, crossing the chasm becomes noticeable at a very specific point. The team has grown. You’re no longer dealing with everyone directly. There’s a layer of management where there didn’t used to be one. This often happens as businesses move from around 10–12 people to 20–30, when leadership becomes indirect rather than hands-on. You have more people than ever and fewer real conversations. You’re still involved in everything, but somehow further away from the day-to-day than you used to be. That tension is often the first clear signal that a business is crossing the chasm. Why Crossing the Chasm Feels Harder Than the Early Days Most owners expect growth to get easier with experience. In reality, this stage often feels heavier than starting up. In the early days: Problems are obvious Decisions are quick You can clearly see the impact of your effort When you’re crossing the chasm: Problems are interconnected Decisions feel riskier Effort doesn’t translate cleanly into progress Decisions you once made instinctively now come with second-order consequences — and that slows everything down. You can work longer hours and still feel behind. You can hire good people and still feel stretched. You can be profitable and still feel uneasy. That disconnect is deeply unsettling, especially for capable business owners who are used to being effective. The Most Common Mistake Business Owners Make When Crossing the Chasm The most common response is to push harder. More hours. More involvement. More pressure — on yourself and on the team. That’s understandable. It worked before. It also feels responsible — and at this stage, responsibility is hard to put down. But when businesses are crossing the chasm, pushing harder usually makes things worse. Why? Because the problem isn’t effort. It’s leverage. Crossing the chasm requires a shift from doing more to designing better: Clearer roles Fewer, better decisions Defined priorities Consistent operating rhythms Without that shift, the business starts relying on you even more — increasing strain rather than reducing it. Why Crossing the Chasm Often Feels Personal (Even When It Isn’t) Many owners internalise this phase. They tell themselves: “I should be better at this by now. ” “Other people seem to handle this stage fine. ” “Maybe I’ve taken the business as far as I can. ” That thinking is understandable — and usually wrong. Crossing the chasm isn’t a capability issue. It’s a transition issue. The rules of the game have changed, but no one handed you the new rulebook. What Usually Breaks First When Businesses Cross the Chasm While every business is different, the same pressure points tend to show up — often together. They’re all signs of the same thing: growth has outpaced structure. Common symptoms include: You becoming the bottleneck for decisions Teams waiting for direction more than they used to Accountability feeling fuzzy Everything feeling important, so nothing getting... --- ### Crossing the Chasm in Business Growth > Discover exactly what 'Crossing the Chasm' means to a scaling business owner. - Published: 2026-01-22 - Modified: 2026-01-29 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/crossing-the-chasm-in-business-growth/ Crossing the Chasm in Business Growth Growing a business isn’t a straight line. There is a stage when scaling up where things stop feeling intuitive, effort delivers less impact, and the business begins to feel heavier — even when it’s performing well. Even though as a business scales, it's challenges scale too - for many owners, this shows up quietly. The business is bigger. The team has grown. There’s a management layer where there didn’t used to be one. And yet, somehow, you feel further away from the business and your team than you ever did before. That stage is often described as crossing the chasm. If you’re here, you’re not failing. You’re transitioning. What does “crossing the chasm” mean in business? In business growth, crossing the chasm describes the point where a business outgrows the way it has always worked. This often happens when: The team grows beyond a size where everyone knows everything Managers are introduced for the first time The owner is no longer in the room for most decisions In practical terms, crossing the chasm is the moment where: Informal ways of working stop scaling Leadership demands change Structure becomes more important than effort Early success is often driven by energy, involvement, and instinct. You know your people. They know you. Conversations happen naturally. As the business grows, those same strengths start to limit progress. Crossing the chasm is the moment the business outgrows its original operating model — and asks for something more deliberate. What the 'crossing the chasm' stage feels like for business owners This is where the human side really shows up. Owners often say things like: “I used to know everything that was going on. Now I hear about issues late. ” “I have more people than ever, but fewer real conversations. ” “I’m busier, yet feel strangely disconnected. ” As teams grow from roughly 12 to 24 people, a subtle shift happens. You’re no longer leading individuals. You’re leading through other people. That transition brings distance not because you care less, but because the business now needs layers to function. Most owners aren’t prepared for how emotionally uncomfortable that feels. Why crossing the chasm in business feels so uncomfortable This stage catches many capable business owners off guard. Common experiences include: Feeling busier but less effective Becoming the bottleneck for decisions Team performance dipping unexpectedly Losing mental space to think clearly Spending more time managing managers than leading people What makes this difficult is that nothing is obviously broken. Revenue may be fine. The team may be capable. The business may look successful from the outside. Yet inside, it feels heavier. The discomfort isn’t a sign something is wrong. It’s a signal that the business now needs: Clearer leadership roles Defined accountability Better decision-making structure A consistent operating rhythm The most common mistake at the 'crossing the chasm' stage of scaling Most owners respond instinctively. They push harder. More hours. More involvement. More pressure — often on themselves. That worked earlier in the journey. It rarely works here. At this stage, being everywhere doesn’t restore control. It usually creates more dependency. Crossing the chasm requires a shift from doing more to designing better. Without that shift, effort increases while progress slows — leading to frustration, exhaustion, and quiet resentment. What typically breaks when businesses cross the chasm While every business is different, the same pressure points appear repeatedly. Leadership The owner remains central to too many decisions, creating delays and overload. Teams Good people hesitate. Roles blur. Accountability feels unclear, especially across management layers. Systems Hustle compensates for missing structure — until it can’t. These issues aren’t failures. They’re symptoms of growth outpacing structure. What changes for scaling businesses on the other side of the chasm Businesses that successfully cross the chasm don’t become effortless. They become clear. On the other side: Decision-making is lighter Ownership is visible Managers lead confidently Teams know where responsibility sits Leaders regain headspace Perhaps most importantly, owners stop feeling torn between: Being close to the people And keeping the business moving forward Growth becomes more predictable because the business is designed to support it — not rely on constant presence. How Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 supports businesses crossing the chasm Business Coach Kevin Riley works specifically with growth-stage businesses navigating this transition. His role isn’t to “fix” you or your business. It’s to: Create clarity where complexity has crept in Align leadership roles and decision-making Kevin Riley, Coaching 360's Senior Business Coach and Business... --- ### Free Leadership Masterclass: People Powered Growth - Published: 2026-01-20 - Modified: 2026-02-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/free-business-events/free-leadership-masterclass-people-powered-growth/ Ultimate Leadership Masterclass: People Powered Growth The most important leadership lessons from 30 years in business, delivered in 3 focused hours. Join us for a FREE leadership event in Warwickshire designed for business owners, directors, and senior leaders who know that growth doesn’t come from strategy alone. It comes from people. If you’re leading a team and feeling the pressure of motivation issues, performance gaps, or growth stalling because “people problems” keep getting in the way, this session is for you. FREE Leadership Event in Warwickshire Friday 8th May 2026 | The Warwickshire This masterclass is for leaders who want practical answers, not theory. No buzzwords. No fluffy leadership models. Just real-world insight you can use immediately. Who is this for? This event is ideal for: Business owners with teams who want stronger performance without micromanaging Directors and senior managers responsible for culture, growth, and results Leaders who know their people are the biggest opportunity and the biggest constraint If you want your business to grow without carrying everything on your shoulders, you’ll get value from this room. What you’ll learn Hosted by Kevin Riley, Business Growth Specialist and leadership coach with over 30 years’ experience building, leading, and fixing teams. You’ll learn how to: Build a culture where people take ownership, not excuses Effectively Interview to Hire the 'A Players' Lead different personalities without constant friction Improve performance without burning yourself or your team out Turn “people issues” into a competitive advantage Create clarity, accountability, and momentum across your business This is about people-powered growth. Growth that scales because your team does. What’s included A leadership masterclass packed with practical insight networking with other business owners and leaders Tools, frameworks, and thinking you can apply the next working day No sales pitches. No pressure. Just value. Event details Date: Friday 8th May 2026 Time: 09:30 AM – 2:00 PM (includes 1-hour networking session) Location: The Warwickshire Golf Club, Leek Wootton, CV35 7QT Why attend? Because strategy doesn’t fail. Execution does. And execution lives with your people. If your next stage of growth depends on better leadership, stronger culture, and a team that actually pulls in the same direction, this masterclass is for you. Register now for this FREE Leadership Masterclass in Warwickshire. Places are limited and always fill quickly. People build businesses. Learn how to lead them properly. --- ### Process Accountability Chart (PACe) | Free Template Download - Published: 2026-01-13 - Modified: 2026-01-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/process-accountability-chart-download/ Download the Process Accountability Chart (PACe) Turn Execution Into a System — Not a Guess The Process Accountability Chart (PACe) is one of the most practical tools in the Scaling Up Framework. It gives leadership teams instant clarity on who owns which core processes, so execution stops relying on memory, goodwill, or heroic effort. If your business feels busy but brittle, this is where structure starts. What You’ll Get in This Download This download includes: A ready-to-use Process Accountability Chart template Aligned to the official Scaling Up Framework Designed for leadership teams, not administrators Simple enough to complete in one session Powerful enough to expose execution gaps immediately No filler. No theory. Just a tool you can actually use. What the Process Accountability Chart Helps You Fix Business owners typically use the PACe to resolve: Repeating problems that never quite go away Confusion over who owns what Bottlenecks that follow people, not processes Inconsistent customer experience Founders stuck approving everything Teams that mean well but miss handovers The PACe replaces assumption with clear accountability. Who This Is For This template is designed for: Business owners and founders CEOs and Managing Directors Leadership teams Scaling businesses with 10+ employees Organisations preparing for growth, scale, or exit If execution matters to you, this tool belongs in your business. How to Use the PACe (At a High Level) Identify your core business processes Assign one accountable owner to each Agree what “good” looks like for each process Review ownership regularly as the business evolves Used properly, the PACe becomes a living leadership tool — not a static document. (For a deeper explanation, see the full Process Accountability Chart guide) How This Fits With Other Scaling Up Tools The PACe works best when combined with: Functional Accountability Chart (FACe) – role and seat clarity One Page Strategic Plan (OPSP) – strategic direction KPIs and Meeting Rhythm – execution discipline Together, these tools create structure without bureaucracy. A Note from Kevin Riley Kevin Riley is a Certified Scaling Up Coach who works with established business owners to turn strategy into consistent execution. He uses the Process Accountability Chart as part of a broader system designed to: Reduce founder dependency Build leadership confidence Create businesses that scale without chaos Being in business should give you more life — not less. Download the Process Accountability Chart Template Complete the form below to access the Process Accountability Chart template. Once downloaded, you can: Use it internally with your leadership team Bring it into a Scaling Up planning session Use it as a starting point for deeper execution work → Download the Process Accountability Chart Template Want Support Implementing It Properly? The PACe is simple. Getting the conversations right around it is where most businesses struggle. If you’d like support embedding this properly into your leadership rhythm, explore: Scaling Up Coaching Leadership Alignment Sessions Or book a short, focused conversation to sense-check whether Scaling Up is right for your business. --- ### Process Accountability Chart (PACe) | Scaling Up Framework > The Process Accountability Chart (PACe) is a tool within the Scaling Up Framework, designed to give business owners absolute clarity over who owns what. - Published: 2026-01-13 - Modified: 2026-02-22 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/process-accountability-chart-pace-scaling-up-framework/ Process Accountability Chart (PACe) – Scaling Up Framework The Process Accountability Chart (PACe) is a core tool within the Scaling Up Framework, designed to give business owners absolute clarity over who owns what when it comes to how work gets done. If your business relies on good people firefighting, knowledge living in heads, or the same issues resurfacing every quarter, the PAC is often the missing piece. This page explains what the Process Accountability Chart is, why it matters, how it fits into Scaling Up, and how business owners use it to build scalable, resilient organisations. Book a Discovery Call What is the Process Accountability Chart? The Process Accountability Chart (PACe) is a simple but powerful one-page view that assigns clear accountability for each core business process. It answers three questions every scaling business struggles with: What are our core processes? Who is accountable for each one? Are those processes documented, followed, and improved? The PACe does not describe how the process works in detail. It defines ownership. Think of it as the bridge between strategy and execution. Why the Process Accountability Chart Matters Most businesses don’t fail because of bad strategy. They fail because execution depends on individuals rather than systems. Without a PACe, businesses experience: Inconsistent customer experience Bottlenecks that follow people, not roles Repeated mistakes and rework Leaders stuck in the weeds Growth that feels fragile The PAC introduces process discipline without bureaucracy. It allows a business to scale without losing control. Book a Discovery Call How the PACe Fits into the Scaling Up Framework Scaling Up is built around four key decisions: People Strategy Execution Cash The Process Accountability Chart sits firmly within People, alongside tools such as: The One Page Strategic Plan (OPSP) Rockefeller Habits / Scaling Up Habits Meeting Rhythm Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) The PAC ensures that execution is repeatable, measurable, and owned. Strategy sets direction. Process ensures consistency. Accountability ensures it actually happens. Core Processes in a Scaling Business While every business is different, most PACes include ownership across these areas: Primary (Customer-Facing) Processes Marketing Sales Operations / Delivery Customer Service Supporting Processes Finance HR / People IT / Systems Legal / Compliance Each process has one accountable owner. Not a committee. Not a shared responsibility. Accountability means: Ensuring the process is documented Ensuring it is followed Improving it over time Reporting on performance Process Accountability vs Role Accountability This is where many leadership teams get it wrong. A job title does not equal process ownership. For example: A Sales Director may own Sales Process A Head of Ops may own Delivery Process A Finance Manager may own Cash Collection Process But ownership is about process health, not day-to-day task completion. This distinction removes ambiguity and stops problems being passed around. The Benefits of a Well-Implemented PACe Businesses that properly implement the Process Accountability Chart typically see: Faster onboarding of new staff Reduced reliance on founders Fewer recurring operational issues Better cross-department collaboration Clearer leadership conversations Easier scaling across locations or teams Most importantly, it creates confidence. Confidence that the business works without constant intervention. Common Mistakes with the Process Accountability Chart Too many processes – Keep it high level Shared accountability – One owner only Treating it as a document, not a discipline Creating it once and never reviewing it Confusing accountability with authority The PACe is not a tick-box exercise. It’s a leadership tool. PACe vs Functional Accountability Chart (FACe) The PACe is often confused with the Functional Accountability Chart (FACe). They serve different purposes: PACe = Who owns processes FACe = Who sits in which seats Used together, they provide clarity across structure and execution. People sit in seats. Seats own functions. Functions run processes. Book a Discovery Call Who Should Own the Process Accountability Chart? The PACe is typically built and maintained by: The leadership team The CEO or Managing Director With facilitation from a certified Scaling Up Coach External facilitation matters. Leaders are often too close to the business to see where accountability is unclear. How Kevin Riley Uses the PACe with Scaling Businesses Kevin Riley is a Certified Scaling Up Coach who works with established business owners to implement the PAC as part of a broader execution system. Rather than treating it as a standalone tool, Kevin integrates the PAC with: Leadership alignment sessions Strategy execution rhythms KPI ownership Decision-making frameworks The focus is always the same: Build a business that gives you more life, not less. When Should You Implement a PACe? The right time... --- ### EMI, EIS, VCT Explained: A Founder’s Guide to Scaling Up in the UK (2026 Edition) > Plain-English guide to EMI, EIS and VCT for UK scale-ups, plus how to use funding and share options with Scaling Up to build a stronger, growth-ready team. - Published: 2025-11-26 - Modified: 2025-11-26 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/emi-eis-vct-guide-uk-scaleups-2025/ If you’re a founder or senior leader planning to scale, the UK now offers three major incentives designed to help you recruit, retain and fund your growth. This guide explains each one in plain English, plus how they fit into a structured scaling plan. Start the process in speaking to Scaling Up Specialist The EMI Scheme (Enterprise Management Incentive) What it is A government-approved way to offer employees share-options with extremely favourable tax treatment. Why it matters for scale-ups EMI lets you hire strong talent even if you’re building cash reserves for growth. Who typically uses it Tech companies Agencies and consultancies Manufacturing companies Professional services firms Fast-growth SMEs with 10–200 employees Why the 2025 changes are important More companies will qualify under widened eligibility, meaning scaling companies outside of traditional tech (hospitality, engineering, logistics, trades, etc. ) can now use EMI strategically. Read this article to see why 2026 is the best year to scale your business. The Enterprise Investment Scheme (EIS) What it is A scheme offering tax relief to investors who back growth-stage companies. Why it matters EIS-friendly businesses attract investors faster because the scheme reduces investor risk and improves returns. Use case for scale-ups If you’re planning to raise £150k–£5m to fuel growth, EIS makes the round more attractive. Venture Capital Trusts (VCTs) VCTs invest in growth-stage companies and offer tax-efficient dividends to investors. Best suited for Companies with: Clear governance A board Scalable systems Predictable financial controls Meaning these incentives reward businesses that already embrace Scaling Up, Have a clearly defined Function Accountability Chart, and leadership discipline. How These Incentives Fit Into a Scaling Strategy 1. Talent (EMI) → Team bench strength Use EMI to: Retain senior leaders Incentivise long-term performance Align key hires with strategy → Link to DISC, Leadership Alignment, Scaling Up People Decisions. 2. Capital (EIS/VCT) → Fuel for execution Use EIS/VCT to fund: New hires Process automation Management development Geographic expansion New product development → Link to Scaling Up, Board Facilitation, Strategic Planning Days. 3. Foundation (Scaling Up Framework) → Repeatable scale Incentives help. Money helps. But scale requires structure. This is where Scaling Up and Kevin Riley’s facilitation ensures: Leadership alignment Accountability Clear goals A rhythm of execution A culture of ownership Start Scaling with a 20 minute call Kevin Riley, Scaling Up Specialist --- ### Why 2026 Is the Best Time to Scale Your Business in the UK > Discover how new UK growth incentives, EMI share options and investor tax reliefs enable ambitious founders to scale, hire and grow with structure in 2026. - Published: 2025-11-26 - Modified: 2025-11-26 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/scale-business-uk-2025-budget-scaling-up/ The Chancellor has made one message very clear: the UK wants founders to build, scale, and stay. With widened enterprise incentives, stronger investment schemes, and renewed focus on job creation, this is a rare moment where political intention, economic strategy, and business growth are aligned. If you're a business owner with ambition, and a team ready to go further - 2026 could be the most strategically favourable time in a decade to scale your company. Get Support to Scale What the 2025/26 Budget Means for Scale-Ready Ambitious UK Businesses Expanded Enterprise Management Incentive (EMI) The government is widening eligibility for EMI, meaning more scale-ups can offer tax-advantaged share options. This matters because EMI enables you to: Recruit high-calibre talent you couldn’t afford on salary alone. Retain key people by giving them a stake in the company. Build a growth-focused culture built on ownership rather than job titles. If you want to scale without drowning cashflow, EMI is one of the most powerful tools available. EIS & VCT Reinforced for Scale-Ups — Not Just Startups The Enterprise Investment Scheme (EIS) and Venture Capital Trusts (VCTs) have been renewed until at least 2035. That gives investors 10 years of certainty — and gives founders: More predictable access to growth capital Backing from investors who value long-term vision A route to raise money without the pressure of short-term exit thinking If you’re planning a scale-up raise, 2025–2027 will be strong years to secure investment. "Half of new jobs in Britain are created by scale-ups. And we want those jobs created here. " Rachel Reeves This alignment between policy and entrepreneurship creates an unusual window where scaling is encouraged, incentivised, and strategically supported. What the Budget Means for Your Business Real World Impact on Scaling a Business 1. You can attract and keep better people. With EMI, you can design roles that reward loyalty, ownership, and impact — not just hours worked. Explore DISC Personality Profiling to get the most out of your team 2. You can raise investment on better terms. Investors receiving tax advantages are more likely to back confident, structured scale-up plans. Investors want clarity on structure. Explore Facilitation, One to One Scaling Up Coaching with Kevin Riley and Implementing a Function Accountability Chart (FACe) How to Prepare Your Business to Benefit Step 1: Review or implement your equity strategy Is your business EMI-ready? Do you have a share-option structure? Is your leadership team aligned on who gets what and why? This is where clarity and facilitation matter. Step 2: Map your investment timeline now EIS and VCT give investors advantages — so you’ll see more interest and more capital available. But only if your business is: Strategically aligned Clear in its organisational structure Operating on a scalable system Demonstrating to Investors your businesses application of the Rockefeller Habits will show this very well as a foundation. Step 3: Strengthen your leadership team and communication A company can’t scale faster than its leadership alignment. This is where Kevin Riley and Coaching 360’s work, from DISC assessments to full Leadership Alignment programmes to remove bottlenecks, reduces friction, and unlocks high-performance growth. Kevin Riley, Scaling Up Specialist Start to process to speak to Kevin Step 4: Implement a proven framework for scale Government incentives may help you grow. But only a disciplined operating system helps you scale consistently. The Scaling Up Framework provides: Quarterly priorities Leadership accountability Team alignment Clear KPIs One-page strategic plans A common language across the whole company For SME Businesses, Regular Quarterly Events such as GrowthCLUB prove useful for the foundations of long term scaling. The Opportunity Is Real But It Has a Shelf Life Funding confidence moves with political and economic tides. Talent markets change fast. And the businesses that act early, with clarity and structure — are the ones who benefit. If the UK wants businesses to scale, the question is: Are you ready to take advantage of it? Scaling Strategy Call (20 minutes) Get Support to Scale --- ### Business Coaching | Leamington Spa > Kevin Riley is a ROI-Backed business coach in Leamington Spa enabling local business owners to grow, lead and scale with clarity, structure and leadership alignment. - Published: 2025-11-03 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/west-midlands-business-coach/business-coaching-leamington-spa/ Kevin Riley: Business Coach in Leamington Spa Looking for a business coach in Leamington Spa with the understanding and experience of how businesses grow? Kevin Riley is a Warwickshire-based business growth specialist who enables founders and leadership teams to Grow and scale with structure, not stress. He provides award winning, certified and return on investment guaranteed guidance to businesses in and around Leamington Spa, Warwick, Stratford and Coventry through practical frameworks like ActionCOACH, and Scaling Up delivered through his business, Coaching 360. Book a call Business Coaching for Leamington Spa Business Owners Leamington has a busy, ambitious business scene. Creative agencies, tech and gaming (Silicon Spa), professional services, family businesses, and fast-growing SMEs all competing for time, talent and margin. That’s where business coaching with Kevin comes in. He works with owners who are: Busy running the business but want to actually scale it Ready to get the team aligned and accountable Tired of reacting and want a clear plan every quarter The outcome is simple: more clarity, better decisions, consistent execution. Book a call and see how business coaching can grow your business Why Leamington Businesses Benefit from a Local Business Coach Leamington’s business landscape is unusual because it blends high-growth sectors (digital, gaming, consultancy) with long-standing local firms. That creates three common problems: Growth is happening faster than systems The owner becomes the bottleneck Teams aren’t fully aligned Kevin coaches on exactly those issues. Based in Warwickshire (Tachbrook Park) He’s local, he knows the Warwickshire network, and he brings a proven playbook, not guesswork. Business Coaching Services Kevin Riley Provides in Leamington Spa Business Coaching Expert-led coaching for business owners at every stage of growth and scale. From one-to-one sessions to structured group programmes, Kevin draws on real business experience to enable lasting performance and results. Leadership Alignment & Facilitation Kevin works with leadership teams to create clarity, focus, and alignment. Through structured facilitation and open dialogue, Kevin enables scaling businesses to strengthen communication, resolve friction, and move forward as one team with one vision. Sales, Leadership & Business Fundamentals Training Focused, practical training designed to develop sales performance and leadership capability. Kevin equips individuals and teams with the tools, structure, and mindset needed to drive consistent results and sustainable business growth. Personality Profiling Using trusted profiling tools such as DISC and Wealth Dynamics, Kevin helps teams understand how they think, communicate, and perform. This insight improves collaboration, strengthens culture, and supports smarter hiring and leadership decisions. Business Growth Events Kevin's and Coaching 360's events are built to inspire action. From free Masterclasses that unlock new ways of thinking, to GrowthCLUB our quarterly business planning day, each session gives you clarity, accountability, and a practical plan to accelerate growth. How Business Coaching Helps Leamington Spa Businesses Grow Most business owners don’t hire a coach because they want one, they reach a point where something’s stuck What's worked before isn't or temporary solutions have become bad habits. Kevin works with Leamington Spa business owners who face challenges such as: 1. Stalled Sales Growth Your product’s good and your pipeline’s not empty, but conversions have slowed. Kevin helps owners refine the sales process, introduce accountability, and build simple, repeatable sales systems that get results without micromanagement. 2. Marketing That Doesn’t Cut Through Many Leamington businesses rely on word-of-mouth or sporadic marketing. Kevin brings focus enabling you to clarify your message, identifying your ideal customer, and turning marketing activity into measurable ROI. 3. Time and Focus Overload If your week disappears to firefighting, meetings and “urgent” tasks, Kevin works with you to rebuild time control. That means identifying where to delegate, what to automate, and how to protect strategic thinking time. 4. Cashflow and Profit Pressure Kevin helps owners understand their numbers, build pricing confidence and create the financial dashboards needed for better decisions. 5. Leadership and Culture Drift Teams grow, and suddenly the original culture feels diluted. Through leadership alignment and profiling tools like DISC, Kevin restores communication, trust and accountability, turning staff into self-driven contributors. 6. No Clear Direction Without a written plan, it’s easy for a team to work hard but not together. Kevin helps create structure so everyone knows what success looks like each quarter. Business coaching isn’t therapy or theory, it’s practical problem-solving for sales, marketing, profit and people. For Leamington Spa business owners, Kevin Riley provides the structure and accountability to fix what’s not working and scale what is. Book a Discovery Call Kevin Riley is active in the Leamington Spa Business Community Kevin regularly... --- ### Business Coach in the West Midlands | Kevin Riley > Business coach in the West Midlands. Kevin Riley enables ambitious business owners in Birmingham, Coventry, Leamington and across Warwickshire to scale with structure, not stress, using ActionCOACH and Scaling Up frameworks. Book a discovery call. - Published: 2025-11-03 - Modified: 2026-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/west-midlands-business-coach/ Kevin Riley: Business Coach in the West Midlands Looking for a business coach in the West Midlands who has actually built and scaled a business, not just read about it? Kevin Riley is a Warwickshire-based, award-winning business growth specialist who enables founders and leadership teams to grow with structure, not stress. Through his companies Coaching 360 and ActionCOACH Warwick, Kevin coaches owners of businesses from SME to Private Equity-Backed Enterprises across the West Midlands including Birmingham, Coventry, Leamington Spa, Warwick, Stratford, Worcester and Leicester using proven frameworks like ActionCOACH and Scaling Up. Book a Discovery Call Business Coaching for West Midlands Business Owners The West Midlands is one of the UK’s most commercially diverse regions. You’ve got advanced manufacturing in Coventry, professional services and multi-site firms in Birmingham, fast-growing digital and gaming businesses in Leamington Spa, and long-established family businesses across Warwickshire and Worcestershire. Different sectors. Same problems. Kevin works with business owners who are: Busy running the business but want to actually scale it Juggling team, delivery and sales with no clear rhythm Tired of reacting and want a 90-day plan everyone can follow The outcome is simple: clarity, better decisions, consistent execution. Book a Call with Kevin's Team Why West Midlands Businesses Benefit from a Local Business Coach This region is full of ambitious operators, but growth often outpaces systems. That leads to three predictable issues: Growth moves faster than operations The owner becomes the bottleneck Teams aren’t fully aligned Based in Warwickshire, Kevin knows the local business network, the venues, the events, and the reality of scaling a team in this region. He doesn’t bring theory. He brings a repeatable systems and structures that are already working for other West Midlands businesses. Business Coaching Services Kevin Riley Provides in the West Midlands Return on Investment Guaranteed Business Coaching 1-to-1, expert-led coaching for business owners who want focus, accountability and a clear plan. Kevin draws on real business experience to enable lasting performance and results. Leadership Alignment & Facilitation Kevin works with leadership teams to create clarity, focus and alignment. Facilitated sessions improve communication, resolve friction and get everyone moving in the same direction. Sales, Leadership & Business Fundamentals Training Practical training to improve sales performance and leadership capability. Ideal for businesses that want their teams to sell with confidence and lead with structure. Personality Profiling Using tools like DISC and Wealth Dynamics, Kevin helps teams understand how they communicate and perform. That improves collaboration, culture and hiring decisions. Business Growth Events From free Masterclasses to quarterly GrowthCLUB planning days, Kevin runs sessions that give business owners space to work on the business, not in it — and leave with an action plan. How Business Coaching Helps West Midlands Businesses Grow Most owners don’t go looking for a coach because it’s trendy. They hit a ceiling. Kevin works with West Midlands businesses facing challenges like: 1. Stalled Sales Growth Leads come in but conversions flatten. Kevin helps tighten the sales process, introduce accountability and build simple, repeatable systems so every winnable deal is won. 2. Marketing That Doesn’t Cut Through If activity is high but results are low, Kevin helps you clarify your message, define your ideal customer and measure what’s actually working. 3. Time and Focus Overload If every week disappears to “urgent” stuff, Kevin helps you rebuild time control — delegate properly, automate what you can, and protect strategic time. 4. Cashflow and Profit Pressure Kevin helps owners understand their numbers, price with confidence and use dashboards to make better decisions faster. 5. Leadership and Culture Drift As teams grow, communication breaks. Using leadership alignment and DISC, Kevin rebuilds trust, accountability and rhythm. 6. No Clear Direction Business coaching isn’t therapy. It’s structured problem-solving for sales, marketing, profit and people. That’s what West Midlands businesses get with Kevin Riley. Book a Discovery Call Kevin Riley in the West Midlands Business Community Kevin regularly runs and speaks at GrowthCLUB, free Masterclasses, and leadership sessions across Warwickshire and the wider West Midlands, at venues like Ashorne Hill and The Warwickshire Golf & Country Club. He works with businesses across sectors including manufacturing, creative, professional services, logistics and hospitality. While Kevin works directly with many businesses in Leamington Spa, Warwick, Rugby, Stratford, Nuneaton and Bedworth, as well as larger West Midlands cities such as Birmingham, Coventry, Worcester and Leicester, his coaching programmes also enable founders and leadership teams across the UK, delivered both in-person and online. Areas Kevin Covers Kevin provides business coaching and leadership alignment to companies across:... --- ### ROI-Backed Business Coaching > Business Coaching without the risk. If your business coach doesn't pay for themselves. We'll give your money back - Published: 2025-11-03 - Modified: 2025-11-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/roi-backed-business-coaching/ The Only Business Coaching Programme That Puts Its Money Where Its Mouth Is Every business owner worries the same thing before investing in coaching: “What if it doesn’t work for me? ” That’s why our 1-to-1 Business Coaching Programme comes with a Return on Investment (ROI) Guarantee. Book a discovery call If you don’t generate profit equal to or greater than your coaching fee within 17 weeks, we’ll refund you keep coaching you free of charge until you do. We call it the “Find Our Fee” Guarantee. How the Guaranteed Business Coaching Works We set your profit target togetherAt onboarding, you and your coach (Kevin Riley or Juliette Ryley) will agree clear financial goals. These are realistic, measurable, and tied directly to your business performance, not vague promises. We build your action planYou’ll leave the first strategy session with a 90-day plan covering marketing, sales, systems, and cash flow. You implement, we hold you accountableWe meet weekly or fortnightly to review progress, refine actions, and track key numbers. You find our fee — or we keep coaching you free until you doIf you’ve followed the plan in good faith — attended sessions, completed actions, and stayed committed — and your profit increase doesn’t yet match the coaching investment, we continue working with you at no cost until it does. This guarantee is agreed in writing during onboarding. No fine print. No gimmicks. Just a shared commitment to results. See what business coaching has done for Kevin Riley's Clients Book a discovery call How Kevin Riley Confidently Offers ROI Backed Business Coaching Because our framework is proven. ActionCOACH has enabled thousands of UK businesses to increase profit, build stronger teams, and reclaim their time using strategies that work across every sector — from construction to professional services. At ActionCOACH Warwick, we combine that global system with local, hands-on experience. Both Kevin Riley and Juliette Ryley have built, scaled, and led multi-million-pound companies themselves. So when we say “you’ll find our fee,” it’s not optimism, more process. Who'd benefit from ROI Backed Business Coaching? Having a business coach is just like having a personal trainer or using a marketing agency. We work with Business Owners that want: More profit without working longer hours Stronger cash flow and predictable growth Clarity on what’s holding the business back Accountability to actually get things done A plan to scale that doesn’t rely on you doing everything And for those who are ready to stop guessing and start tracking progress weekly. Challenge What We Enable Stuck turnover despite hard work Create leverage through pricing, systems, and margins Sales pipeline inconsistent Build a repeatable lead-to-conversion process Team underperforming or directionless Implement structure, KPIs, and communication rhythms Cash-flow anxiety Strengthen forecasting and cost control No clear strategy Develop a 90-day action plan aligned to long-term goals Burnout and time poverty Redesign owner’s role and delegate effectively Book a discovery call What You Can Expect in Your First 17 Weeks from Business Coaching Weeks 1–4: Clarity & Quick Wins Identify financial bottlenecks Improve pricing and margins Implement first cash-flow fixes Weeks 5–9: Structure & Systems Build marketing and sales processes Create weekly dashboards Improve team accountability Weeks 10–17: Growth & Confidence Scale profitable activities Refine leadership rhythms Lock in measurable ROI Book a discovery call Why Business Owners in Warwickshire Choose ActionCOACH Warwick Local, respected, and certified coaches with real-world experience — not theory Global framework trusted by 15,000+ businesses worldwide ROI guarantee that removes financial risk 1-to-1 focus — tailored strategies for your business We’re based in Warwickshire, working with owners in Leamington Spa, Warwick, Stratford, Coventry, Banbury, and Birmingham and across the UK online. Ready to Grow with a Business Coach Without the Risk? Book a free 20-minute Discovery Call to see if the ROI-Backed Coaching Programme is right for you. No sales pressure, we've got to assess if we can work you as much as you need to with us! The short call is just an open conversation about where you are, where you want to be, and how quickly you can “find our fee. ” Book a discovery call --- ### Testimonials > Explore how Kevin Riley's clients increased revenue, built stronger teams, and scaled with structure through working with a business coach. - Published: 2025-10-31 - Modified: 2025-12-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/home/testimonials/ Business Coaching Results: Growth Stories and Testimonials Business owners come to Kevin Riley for different reasons. Some need to scale up without burning out. Some need the leadership team aligned and pulling in the same direction. Some want sales discipline instead of “we’ll see what comes in this month. ” Below are real stories from business owners we've worked with. This is the human and real impact of effective business coaching. If you'd prefer to read, you can find case studies here. Find a time to chat Quite Often, With our Larger Scaling Organisations we work with under the Scaling Up Framework we're happily subject to Non Disclosure Agreements. You can however, find videos and more information to enable a a further understanding of working with Kevin Riley for Leadership Alignment and Facilitation or Scaling Up Coaching. Find a time to chat Is Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 Right For You? We've got a full article on choosing the right business coach for you but it's nicely summarised here. You’re a business owner or part of a leadership team in a growing company You’re serious about disciplined execution, not motivational fluff You want clarity on the next 90 days, not a 5-year fantasy slide deck You’re willing to be challenged You’re looking for a quick fix without changing how you operate You want someone to tell your team “just work harder” You don’t track numbers and don’t plan to Then one line: If that sounds like you, let’s talk. Book a Discovery Call Business Coaching Trusted By Business Owners Across Warwickshire, the West Midlands and the United Kingdom Read more indepth case studies of how Kevin's business coaching relationship has enabled sustainable growth for our clients on our business coaching case studies page. As part of our process as you explore return on investment guaranteed business coaching with us, we understand you may need to speak to somebody that has been coached by Kevin. Please lets us know, we'd be happy to facilitate this for you. Whether you need tighter sales performance, a leadership team that’s actually aligned, or the breathing space to stop being “the only one who can do it,” we’ll walk you through what needs to change first. Book a Discovery Call --- ### One Page Strategic Plan > A One Page Strategic Plan distils your strategy into a single view your team can understand and act on. It is part of the Scaling Up framework Kevin Riley coaches and facilitates with leadership teams across the World. - Published: 2025-10-19 - Modified: 2026-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/one-page-strategic-plan/ Align your leadership team. Execute with focus. Scale with confidence with a One Page Strategic Plan. If you asked ten leaders in your business for this year’s plan, would you get the same answer? If not, the One-Page Strategic Plan will fix that. The One Page Strategic Plan distils your strategy into a single view your whole team can understand and act on. It is part of the Scaling Up framework Kevin Riley coaches and facilitates with leadership teams across the World from both Scale-ready and Private Equity-Backed Enterprises. Learn more about Scaling Up Facilitation Work with Kevin Riley, Certified Scaling Up Coach Book a discovery call to talk scaling What is the One-Page Strategic Plan? A practical, shareable plan that answers four big decisions in Scaling Up: People, Strategy, Execution, Cash. It translates long-term ambition into annual goals, quarterly priorities, and weekly actions. Everyone sees what matters now and who owns it. Download the free OPSP template Why your company needs an One Page Strategic Plan Clarity. A single source of truth for direction, targets, and priorities. Alignment. Every team and function pulls the same way. Accountability. Owners, measures, and review rhythms are explicit. Momentum. Quarterly “rocks” and themes keep focus tight. What the One Page Strategic Plan includes 1) Core Values and “Should/Shouldn’t” Decision guardrails that protect culture and set behavioural expectations. 2) Purpose and BHAG (Big Hairy Audacious Goal) Your reason for existing and the long-term, measurable outcome you’re chasing. 3) 3–5 Year Targets Brand promises and supporting capabilities. Clear positioning and market “sandbox. ” 4) 12-Month Goals Revenue, profit, impact and NPS style goals. The few numbers that matter this year. 5) Quarterly Rocks The non-negotiable priorities for the next 90 days. If these slip, the year slips. 6) Themes, Scoreboards, and Celebration A unifying theme with visible progress and a finish line worth hitting. 7) Accountability Named owners and KPIs. Who does what, by when, and how we’ll measure it. SWT: Strengths, Weaknesses, Trends A sharper update to SWOT that forces you to factor in external trends, not just internal opinions. How we implement the One Page Strategic Plan with your team Leadership workshop (half or full day) to define Purpose, BHAG, values, and winning position. Strategy sprint to set 3–5 year targets, brand promises, and capabilities. Execution design to agree annual goals, quarterly rocks, KPIs, and owners. Rhythm install so the plan lives: weekly huddles, monthly reviews, quarterly reset. Prefer a guided process? See Strategic Facilitation Want help aligning the board first? See Leadership Alignment Book a discovery call to talk scaling Who this is for Owner-managed and mid-market firms with 10–250+ employees Teams feeling “busy but misaligned” Leaders who want measurable traction within 90 days Optional add-ons: DISC Personality Profiling for team dynamics Results you can expect A visible, working plan in one page Fewer priorities, more progress Clear ownership and faster decisions A team that knows how to win the quarter Talk to us about an OPSP session Book a discovery call to talk scaling Download the template FAQs: One-Page Strategic Plan What makes the One Page Strategic Plan different from a business plan? It is built to be used weekly, not filed away. One page, clear owners, measurable numbers. How long does it take to create? Most teams can draft a strong first version in a single facilitated day, then refine over the next fortnight. How often should we update it? Quarterly. Use a short weekly huddle to track rocks and KPIs, a monthly management review to course-correct, and a quarterly reset to set new rocks. Can each department have its own One Page Strategic Plan? Yes. Start with a company One Page Strategic Plan, then cascade simple one-page versions for functions and teams that align to the whole. Where does cash fit? Cash is the score of your decisions. We track leading indicators in the OPSP and review cash conversion cycles within the quarterly rhythm. Who should own it? The CEO owns the whole. Each KPI and rock has a named owner. We’ll help you assign clean ownership with the implementation of a Function Accountablity Chart. Can you facilitate this for us? Yes. Kevin Riley regularly runs OPSP and Scaling Up Facilitation sessions for leadership teams. Next steps Download the OPSP template Book a discovery call with our team Explore Scaling Up services window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-scaling-up? hide_event_type_details=1', text: 'Book a discovery call', color: '#002556', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Kevin Riley | Award-Winning ICF Business Coach in the West Midlands > Meet Kevin Riley, award-winning business coach. Certified Scaling Up coach, Facilitator, DISC & Wealth Dynamics expert. Book a call to scale with confidence. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2026-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/meet-the-gang/kevin-riley-business-coach/ Business Growth Specialist. Scaling Up Coach. Failed Businessman. Quietly ambitious mentor to CEOs and leadership teams. Kevin Riley works with business owners from both SME and Private Equity-Backed Enterprises across the West Midlands, the United Kingdom and internationally who want to scale with discipline, cross the chasm, strengthen their leadership, and get their time back. He’s an award-winning Business Coach, a Certified Scaling Up Coach, Leadership Facilitator, and the founder of Coaching 360 and ActionCOACH Warwick. His style is simple, direct and human. Kevin Riley, Coaching 360's Senior Business Coach and Business Growth Specialist No corporate waffle or overproduced slide decks, Just real business experience growing a eight-figure business and frameworks that work. If you’re looking for a business coach in the West Midlands, or a leadership coach who understands CEOs, founders, and senior teams, you’re in the right place. Explore working with Kevin Why work with Kevin He’s lived the highs and the lows Kevin built an international company to £20 million turnover. Nineteen years of graft. Then senior-staff fraud took it down. Most coaches hide their failures. Kevin leads with his and proudly describes himself as a 'failed businessman'. His coaching isn’t theory. It’s scar tissue, perspective, and a refusal to let other business owners repeat the same mistakes. You can find out more about Kevin from his long term PA Wendy, here. Book a Discovery Call He works with CEOs and leadership teams every week Kevin coaches established businesses across: Leamington Spa Warwick Birmingham Coventry Stratford-upon-Avon Banbury Kenilworth And the United Kingdom and wider West Midlands via video call. Kevin also coaches business owners Internationally and current serves clients based in the United States, Canada, Singapore, France and the Emirates. If you want a coach who understands the pressures on founders and senior leaders, you’ll get that with Kevin. He still runs multiple businesses himself. Scaling Up expertise As a Certified Scaling Up Coach, he enables leadership teams to break through growth ceilings, build rhythm, and remove bottlenecks. This includes quarterly planning, OPSP development, KPI structure, accountability, and leadership alignment. Facilitation that gets teams aligned Kevin runs: Leadership Alignment sessions Executive Facilitation Board sessions Culture and accountability workshops He gets people talking honestly. He gets teams rowing in the same direction. Practical coaching for CEOs Kevin coaches established founders and CEOs who want clarity, accountability, structure, and a clear path to scale. Think: CEO coaching West Midlands Executive coaching West Midlands Business coaching for CEOs Business mentor West Midlands No feel-good chats. Real shifts. Real progress. How Kevin works Short, punchy sessions. High-intensity focus. 12-week sprints followed by downtime. He gets CEOs and leadership teams removing blockers fast, then resetting before burnout kicks in. His coaching is anchored in: Scaling Up Sales psychology Finance basics Leadership patterns Time and focus Team dynamics Systems and structure And always the same goal:Being in business should give you more life. Kevin’s Story This part matters. Kevin grew up between Zimbabwe, Saudi Arabia, and the UK. He experienced loss early, and it shaped the way he views people, teams, and pressure. He built a multi-million-pound business. He lost it. He rebuilt himself. And then he dedicated his career to enabling business owners to avoid the pain he lived through. He calls himself a Failed Businessman. Not as a joke. As a reminder that failure is data, not identity. His journey is the reason CEOs trust him. He’s honest about what business actually feels like behind the scenes. Certifications & Recognition Best Business Coach – UK SBA Awards 2024 HSBC Community Award Winner LDC Top 50 Most Ambitious Business Leaders Nominee (2025) Certified Scaling Up Coach DISC Practitioner Wealth Dynamics Practitioner He’s delivered keynote talks in Ireland, South Africa, and the United States, with more international events booked. Who Kevin works with Business owners and leadership teams who want: discipline accountability clearer strategy stronger culture better communication systems that scale Typically: 5–250 employees £750k–£20m revenue West Midlands / Warwickshire based Hungry for growth Ready for honest conversations If you’re looking for a business coach in Leamington Spa, Warwick, Coventry, Stratford-upon-Avon, Banbury, Kenilworth, or the wider West Midlands, Kevin is one of the most established coaches in the region. Services Kevin Delivers Scaling Up Coaching For leadership teams ready to build structure and scale. 1:1 Coaching for CEOs and Founders Fast clarity, focus, and accountability. Leadership Alignment & Facilitation Getting senior teams aligned, engaged, and rowing together. DISC & Wealth Dynamics Profiling Clear behavioural insights for hiring, communication, and team performance. Keynote Speaking... --- ### Wealth Dynamics Profiling > Wealth Dynamics profiling identifies which of the eight proven entrepreneurial paths to wealth fits you best, so you can focus on where you add the most value and stop wasting energy elsewhere. - Published: 2025-09-30 - Modified: 2025-09-30 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/wealth-dynamics-profiling/ Stop Fighting Your Weaknesses. Start Scaling With Your Strengths. Scaling a business is tough when you’re stuck doing work that doesn’t suit you. That’s why so many entrepreneurs burn out fighting their weaknesses instead of building on their strengths. Wealth Dynamics profiling changes that. It identifies which of the eight proven entrepreneurial paths to wealth fits you best, so you can focus on where you add the most value and stop wasting energy elsewhere. Through Coaching 360, you don’t just get an online profile. You’ll receive: Your official Wealth Dynamics report A private debrief session with a certified coach A practical action plan showing how to align your time, team, and strategy with your strengths Pairing Wealth Dynamics with DISC and ongoing coaching gives you the complete picture: how you behave day-to-day and where you thrive long-term. Stop trying to be everything in your business. Start scaling with your strengths. Book a discovery call Most business owners think success comes from working harder or fixing weaknesses. In reality, you scale fastest when you lean into your natural strengths. Wealth Dynamics profiling reveals which of the eight proven entrepreneurial paths to wealth is yours — the one where growth feels natural, not forced. Could you imagine Richard Branson as an accountant, or Bill Gates as a motivational speaker? They succeeded by following their path of least resistance. You can too. What You Get with Coaching 360 This isn’t just another personality test. With Coaching 360, Wealth Dynamics becomes a tool for real business growth. When you complete a profile with us, you’ll receive: Your official Wealth Dynamics profile report showing your natural path to wealth. A private debrief session with a certified coach to interpret your results in the context of your business. A practical action plan to restructure your time, team, and strategy around your strengths. (Optional) Team analysis to map gaps, clashes, and opportunities across your leadership team. The Value to You Clarity – Finally understand why some work drains you and where you add the most value. Focus – Spend more time in your “flow” and less time firefighting. Team Strength – Hire and build balanced teams instead of clones of yourself. Faster Growth – Align your business model with your strengths so scaling feels natural. Less Burnout – Build a business that energises you, not one that exhausts you. DISC + Wealth Dynamics: The Complete Picture DISC shows how you behave — how you lead, sell, and communicate. Wealth Dynamics shows where you thrive — the wealth path and strategies that fit you best. Together, they stop you wasting years pushing against your strengths. The 8 Wealth Profiles in Wealth Dynamics (Business Owner Lens) Creator – Visionary innovator. Brilliant at ideas, poor at finishing. Needs implementers. (Walt Disney) Star – Builds wealth through influence and visibility. Thrives on brand, but needs systems. (Oprah Winfrey) Supporter – Natural people-leader. Inspires teams but needs structure. (Steve Ballmer) Deal Maker – Connector of people and opportunities. Risks overpromising without strong delivery partners. (Richard Branson in his prime) Trader – Grounded and practical. Great with timing but can miss the big picture. (George Soros) Accumulator – Patient, disciplined, steady builder. Risk-averse. (Warren Buffett) Lord – Detail-focused controller. Loves assets and systems, but may stifle creativity. (Ingvar Kamprad – IKEA) Mechanic – Optimiser. Makes good systems great, but risks endless tinkering. (Henry Ford) What is Wealth Dynamics profiling? A framework created by Roger James Hamilton that maps eight entrepreneurial profiles, showing your most natural path to wealth. Which profile is best for entrepreneurs? There isn’t one. Every profile can build wealth if the business model and team fit. What’s the difference between DISC and Wealth Dynamics? DISC explains your communication style. Wealth Dynamics explains your wealth strategy. Together, they give you the full picture. Can Wealth Dynamics improve my team’s performance? Yes. It highlights gaps, overlaps, and natural clashes in leadership teams so you can build balance and avoid costly mis-hires. --- ### Sales Training & Consultancy - Published: 2025-09-26 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/sales-training-consultancy/ Sales Training & Consultancy | Coaching 360 Improving the performance, skillset and motivation of your Sales Team We turn your Sales team into a Strategic Advantage against your competitors. Your sales team is the engine of your business growth. But without the right strategy, process, and confidence, that engine splutters and stalls. Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 enable business owners and leadership teams to transform their sales results with bespoke sales training, consultancy, and process optimisation. Whether you want to build confidence in your team, create a repeatable system for consistent results, or review your sales process from top to bottom, we’ll make sure your sales strategy drives sustainable growth. Book a discovery call Why choose Coaching 360 and Kevin Riley to bolster your Sales? Real-World Expertise Kevin Riley built a £20M business before dedicating his career to coaching. He knows what it takes to scale sales without relying on guesswork. He's still hands-on leading our own sales process and is no armchair sales 'guru'. The insights, strategies and techniques Kevin Riley can enable your businesses growth with are the same that Kevin's likely used to win business in the previous days. Sales Training Tailored for Your Business No cookie-cutter workshops. Sales training and consultancy services are shaped around your team, your clients, and your growth goals. Sales Performance Aligned with Strategy Sales doesn’t happen in a vacuum. We align your sales process with your wider business strategy — marketing, finance, leadership, and operations. Kevin is expert Facilitator and Board Alignment Specialist Confidence & Consistency Your team will gain not just skills, but the confidence to sell authentically, solve problems for clients, and build lasting relationships. Book a discovery call Kevin Riley's Sales Training Services Include: Sales Training for Teams – Equip your salespeople with proven methods to increase conversion, handle objections, and sell with confidence. Sales Consultancy – In-depth reviews of your sales process, identifying bottlenecks and opportunities for sustainable improvement. Leadership Sales Coaching – Coaching for business owners and senior leaders who need to lead from the front with clarity and conviction. Personality Profiling - Sales Psychology and behavioural science meet to highlight the working styles and communication methods of your team whilst training them to spot them in others. Kevin Riley is a Certified DISC Personality Profiling Assessor. Sales Process Optimisation – Systemising your sales cycle, ensuring you generate, qualify, and close the right leads. Workshops & Masterclasses – Bespoke sessions to energise and upskill teams, available onsite or virtually. Book a discovery call Who We Work With Business Owners & Founders – Who need to take control of sales and scale with structure. Leadership Teams – Looking to integrate sales strategy with company vision. Sales Managers & Teams – Who want confidence, motivation, and tools to win more clients. From SMEs in Warwickshire to scaling companies across the UK, Coaching 360’s sales training empowers teams to perform at their peak. What You’ll Gain From Sales Training with Kevin Riley A repeatable sales process that works even when you’re not in the room. Teams who sell with confidence instead of fear or hesitation. A sales function that’s aligned with marketing, leadership, and operations, not siloed. Measurable improvements in conversion rates, deal sizes, and pipeline quality. Why Kevin Riley? Kevin isn’t a theorist, he’s a Business Growth Specialist, award-winning coach, and keynote speaker who has lived the ups and downs of building and losing a multi-million-pound business. That experience means his approach is: Direct and practical — no fluff. Grounded in results — focused on ROI. Human - your team won’t just learn sales, they’ll believe in it and themselves. Take the First Step If you’re ready to stop “winging it” with sales and start building a confident, consistent, and scalable sales system, let’s talk. Book a Free Consultation window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=043371', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#003072', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Business Grants in the West Midlands > Whether you're just getting started, scaling up, or looking to fund your next smart move, there's money out there to help in business grants. You just need to know where to look. - Published: 2025-08-24 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/business-grants-in-the-west-midlands/ Whether you’re just getting started, scaling up, or looking to fund your next smart move, there’s money out there to help. You just need to know where to look. This page pulls together the latest business grants available in the West Midlands, how to apply, and who can help, all in one place. No fluff. No jargon. Just a practical guide to what’s out there and how to access it. This page brings together regional and local grant opportunities, application tips, and support services available across the West Midlands. It's a live resource designed to be clear, practical, and actually useful. Featured Business Grant Programmes Grant Name Area Covered Funding Amount What It’s For Deadline West Midlands SME Grant Programme West Midlands (region-wide) £2,500 – £100,000 Growth-focused grants for SMEs, covering up to 50% of costs Nearly fully committed CreaTech Frontiers (Creative Sector) West Midlands Up to £10,000 For creative tech, immersive & digital R&D Rolling rounds UK Shared Prosperity Fund Grants Coventry & Warwickshire £3,000 – £25,000+ Capital, green, and expansion funding Varies Made Smarter Digital Grants West Midlands (manufacturing) Up to £20,000 (match) Digital adoption and automation for manufacturers Ongoing Local Grant Opportunities Local councils across the West Midlands often run their own grant schemes or manage central funding pots. Start by checking your area's latest offers: · Birmingham City Council · Coventry City Council · Sandwell, Solihull, Shropshire, Wolverhampton, Dudley, Walsall → via Business Growth West Midlands. Grants by Focus Area · Green / Net Zero Grants: For businesses investing in sustainability, energy efficiency, or decarbonisation. · Innovation & R&D Grants: For product development, prototyping, and new tech. · Start-up & Social Enterprise Grants: For early-stage or impact-led businesses. Am I Eligible? Each scheme has its own criteria, but most require: · You’re based in the West Midlands · You’re an SME (under 250 staff, under €50m turnover) · Your project contributes to growth, jobs, digital transformation, or sustainability What is match funding? Most grants won’t cover 100% of your project. “Match funding” means you need to contribute a portion of the total project cost — most commonly 50%. Example: A £20,000 grant with 50% match means you contribute £20,000 too, bringing your total project to £40,000. This is designed to show your commitment and help stretch public funding further. In many cases, match funding can be made up of: · Cash from your business or external investors · Loans or other finance already secured · In-kind contributions, like staff time or resources (where allowed) Make sure to check each grant’s rules. Some only accept match funding as cash. Others may allow in-kind support or staged contributions. If in doubt, speak to a grant adviser before you apply. They can help you structure your match funding in a way that meets the funder’s criteria. How to Apply The process varies by funder, but generally: 1. Submit an Expression of Interest (EOI) 2. Complete a diagnostic or planning session with a business adviser 3. Provide supporting documents: business plan, quotes, cashflow forecast 4. Submit full application for review Some programmes are first-come, first-served, we advise applying early especially for grants in the creative sector often used to purchase equipment. Are there Grants for Business Coaching? ActionCOACH Warwick and Coaching 360 provide Gifted business coaching sessions. Need Support with business grants? You don’t need to figure it out alone. · Business Growth West Midlands can connect you to local advisers who help with grant applications. · Request a 1:1 with a Growth Hub Adviser for personalised guidance on what you're eligible for and how to apply. · Government Grant Finder shows UK-wide funding. · Chambers of Commerce, Growth Hubs, LEPs and sector networks can also support. FAQs Q: Who can apply? Most West Midlands-based SMEs with growth or innovation plans. Q: How much can I get? Typically between £2,500 and £100,000 depending on the fund. Q: What can I use it for? Capital equipment, digital tools, sustainability projects, expansion. Q: How long does it take? Depends on the programme, but budget for 4–8 weeks minimum. Q: Can I get help with my application? Yes, speak to a Growth Hub adviser before applying. window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=043371', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#003072', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Confirmation - Published: 2025-08-05 - Modified: 2025-08-05 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/confirmation/ Thank you for your purchase! --- ### Order History - Published: 2025-08-05 - Modified: 2025-08-05 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/order-history/ --- ### Transaction Failed - Published: 2025-08-05 - Modified: 2025-08-05 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/transaction-failed/ Your transaction failed; please try again or contact site support. --- ### Receipt - Published: 2025-08-05 - Modified: 2025-08-05 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/receipt/ --- ### Checkout - Published: 2025-08-05 - Modified: 2025-08-05 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/checkout/ --- ### The Rockefeller Habits > Unlock 10 proven Rockefeller Habits to scale your business without chaos. Learn how Coaching 360 can guide your transformation. - Published: 2025-05-20 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/the-rockefeller-habits/ The Rockefeller Habits: How Growth-Focused Businesses Scale Without Chaos Unlock predictable growth, better alignment, and real traction with the Rockefeller Habits. If you’re a business owner searching for a framework to scale without losing control, you’ve likely heard of the Rockefeller Habits. Originally developed by Verne Harnish in Mastering the Rockefeller Habits, and expanded in his follow-up book Scaling Up, this practical system is used by thousands of growth-minded companies around the world — including right here at Coaching 360. We use the Rockefeller Habits as part of our executive coaching and strategic planning sessions, helping business owners turn vision into execution — without burning out or burning bridges. What Are the Rockefeller Habits? The Rockefeller Habits are a set of 10 core business disciplines designed to drive growth with clarity, accountability, and consistency. Inspired by how John D. Rockefeller built one of the most successful companies in history, these habits offer a framework for scaling businesses while staying in control. At Coaching 360, we integrate these habits into our Scaling Up coaching programmes to help ambitious business owners scale sustainably — with a clear plan, a fully aligned team, and better decision-making every week. The 10 Rockefeller Habits (Explained) Each of these habits may seem simple — but done right, they create compound impact over time. 1. The Executive Team Is Healthy and Aligned Healthy Executive Team Checklist: Team members understand each other‘s differences, priorities, and styles. The team meets frequently (weekly is best) for strategic thinking. The team participates in ongoing executive education (monthly recommended). The team is able to engage in constructive debates and all members feel comfortable participating. No politics. No silos. Your leadership team regularly communicates, debates honestly, and commits to shared priorities. 2. Everyone Is Aligned With The #1 Thing That Needs To Be Accomplished this Quarter To Move The Company Forward One Primary Goal Checklist: The Critical Number is identified to move the company ahead this quarter. 3-5 Priorities (Rocks) that support the Critical Number are identified and ranked for the quarter. A Quarterly Theme and Celebration/Reward are announced to all employees that bring the Critical Number to life. Quarterly Theme/Critical Number posted throughout the company and employees are aware of the progress each week. Your entire business knows what the single most important goal is this quarter. It’s visible. It’s tracked. It drives decisions. 3. Communication Rhythm Is Established and Information Moves Through The Organization Accurately And Quickly Communication Rhythm Checklist: All employees are in a daily huddle that lasts less than 15 minutes. All teams have a weekly meeting. The executive and middle managers meet for a day of learning, resolving big issues, and DNA transfer each month. Quarterly and annually, the executive and middle managers meet offsite to work on the 4 Decisions (Strategy, Execution, People, Cash). Daily huddles. Weekly tactical meetings. Monthly reviews. Communication is fast, consistent, and efficient — not ad hoc. 4. Every Facet of the Organisation Has a KPI Person Assigned with Accountability For Ensuring Goals Are Met Accountable Individuals Checklist: The Function Accountability Chart (FACe) is completed (right people, doing the right things, right). Financial statements have a person assigned to each line item. Each of the 4-9 processes on the Process Accountability Chart (PACe) has someone that is accountable for them. Each 3-5 year Key Thrust/Capability has a corresponding expert on the Advisory Board if internal expertise doesn’t exist. What gets measured gets managed. Every role and department has clear, measurable success metrics. 5. Ongoing Employee Input Is Collected To Identify Obstacles And Opportunities Ongoing Employee Input Checklist: All executives (and middle managers) have a Start/Stop/Keep conversation with at least one employee weekly. The insights from employee conversations are shared at the weekly executive team meeting. Employee input about obstacles and opportunities is being collected weekly. A mid-management team is responsible for the process of closing the loop on all obstacles and opportunities. Feedback loops matter. Weekly insights from the frontline help leadership stay connected to real-world challenges. 6. Reporting And Analysis Of Customer Feedback Data Is As Frequent And Accurate As Financial Data Report Customer Feedback Checklist: All executives (and middle managers) have a 4Q conversation with at least one end user weekly. The insights from customer conversations are shared at the weekly executive team meeting. All employees are involved in collecting customer data. A mid-management team is responsible for the process of closing the loop on all customer feedback. Customer experience is tracked and improved regularly — not just when something goes... --- ### SMUTTIE | Set Better Business Goals > Ditch SMART goals. Discover SMUTTIE goals — a goal-setting system for business owners who want clarity, momentum, and measurable results. - Published: 2025-05-19 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/content-overview/smuttie-goals/ How to Set Business Goals That Actually Work: Why SMART Isn’t Enough (And What to Use Instead) If you’re a business owner searching for a better way to set goals, you’re not alone. Most goal-setting frameworks are built for employees. Not entrepreneurs. Not leaders navigating cash flow, people issues, market shifts, and the mental weight of being the one responsible for it all. So if you’ve ever set a SMART goal that looked great on paper — but didn’t actually change your business or your life — this is for you. Let’s break down why most goal-setting systems fall short for business owners and introduce a powerful alternative that’s designed to drive results in the real world, primarily for business owners but also for their teams. Why SMART Goals Often Fail Business Owners SMART goals are: Specific Measurable Achievable Realistic Time-bound They’re clean. They’re logical. But in reality? SMART goals often fall flat for business owners because they’re: Too short-term Too safe Too transactional Too detached from emotion or long-term purpose They’re built for corporate performance reviews, not entrepreneurial breakthroughs. In truth, the goals that drive real change aren’t just clear — they’re compelling. They push you. Stretch you. They keep you up at night — not out of stress, but out of excitement. That’s why Kevin Riley developed the SMUTTIE Goal Framework. What Are SMUTTIE Goals? SMUTTIE is a modern, emotionally intelligent approach to goal setting, built specifically for business owners (by a business owner) who want more than just incremental growth. It stands for: Systemised Measurable Uncomfortable Tactical Targeted Inspirational Emotional Let’s unpack each part — and how you can use it to set goals that actually work. 1. Systemised: Build a Structure Around Your Goals Most business owners don’t fail because of lack of motivation — they fail because they don’t have a system that keeps their goals front of mind. Systemising your goals means: Creating visual reminders (on your desk, wall, phone) Regularly testing their strength — “Do I want this enough to stay committed when it gets hard? ” Paying attention to the thoughts and habits that either move you forward or hold you back Action Step: Write your goal down and keep it visible. Set weekly check-ins to assess whether your current actions, mindset, and systems are aligned. 2. Measurable: Track More Than Just Results In SMUTTIE, we don’t just measure outcomes — we measure what supports the outcome. Ask yourself: Am I thinking the way I need to think to reach this goal? Are my habits helping me — or quietly sabotaging me? Have I built behaviour patterns that lead to momentum? Key Insight: Tracking progress isn’t just about milestones — it’s about staying mentally and emotionally aligned. 3. Uncomfortable: Make Your Goal Big Enough to Scare You (a Bit) Growth doesn’t live in your comfort zone. Your goals should be bold enough to stretch you, not to the point of paralysis, but enough to demand courage. If your goal feels too safe or “doable,” chances are it won’t move you. And if it doesn’t move you, it won’t change your business. Gut Check: Does your goal make you slightly uncomfortable to say out loud? If not, go bigger. 4. Tactical: Connect Your Goal to the Bigger Picture A goal in isolation is just a to-do list item. A goal that ladders up to your ideal life becomes powerful. Every SMUTTIE goal should be a deliberate, strategic step toward a long-term vision. Whether it’s 3 months or 10 years away, it should align with your version of success. Think Like This: “How does this move me closer to the business — and life — I want? ” 5. Targeted: Assign a Deadline That Drives Action Vague timelines lead to vague effort. In SMUTTIE, your goal isn’t real until it has a time stamp. That doesn’t just mean “this quarter” — it means a real, tangible deadline you can work back from. Tip: Reverse-engineer your timeline. What needs to happen weekly? Monthly? Who else needs to be involved? 6. Inspirational: If It Doesn’t Fire You Up, It Won’t Last A goal that’s “kind of interesting” won’t get you out of bed early or help you push through resistance. Ask yourself: Does this excite me? Do I actually want to achieve this, or does it just sound good? Can I see how this ties into the life I really want? If you’re not lit up by the goal or prospect of the outcome, don’t commit... --- ### Free Business Growth Events > Join free business workshops, events and masterclass in Warwickshire. Learn proven business growth strategies and connect with other business owners. - Published: 2025-04-14 - Modified: 2026-03-24 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/free-business-events/ Free Business Advice Events for Business Owners Want to grow your business in 2026/27? Joining one of Kevin Riley and Coaching 360's events in the Midlands is a great start. If you’re serious about scaling your business and building a better life, you’re in the right place. In addition to the GrowthCLUB 90 Day Planning Events (Investment of £199 PP Ex Vat), Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 host multiple free to attend Masterclasses in the key fundamentals of Business. Our next free events for business owners are the Ultimate Leadership Masterclass: People Powered Growth on the 8th May, 2026 and the Ultimate Sales Masterclass - 5th November 2026. Both events will be held at 9:30am - 2pm at the Warwickshire Golf and Country Club. Register for your free ticket now The Ultimate Leadership Masterclass is an insightful half day workshop built for business owners with established teams that are looking to get the best performance and productivity to enable people powered growth. The Ultimate Sales Masterclass is a high-impact half-day workshop designed for business owners and senior managers who are ready to sell more and do it confidently. At Coaching 360, we believe every business owner should have access to the tools, strategies and insights needed to grow. That’s why, as well as our business coaching services, we host regular free and ticketed business events that give you the opportunity to work ON your business, not just IN it. These aren’t your average 'business growth events'; the Warwickshire-based business events are hand-crafted by experienced business growth specialists to offer actionable value to business owners of all business sizes. Whether you are looking to grow from a 5 Million Pound business to a 10 million one, or looking for the additional support, ideas and strategies you need to reach 1 Million, You’ll walk away with real strategies, fresh motivation, and practical tools used by successful businesses internationally and business owners across Warwickshire. Free Hour of Business Coaching with Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 For SMEs and private equity-backed businesses, coaching gives owners and senior leaders the clarity, strategy and accountability to make better decisions and grow with confidence. During the pandemic, Kevin Riley and the Coaching 360 team offered free coaching to support business owners through uncertain times. Today, we continue to provide a limited number of complimentary sessions each month for those seeking direction, solutions and a clearer path forward. Book a discovery call Who Are These Business Events For? Our events are designed for: Business owners ready to grow but unsure how Entrepreneurs who feel stuck in the day-to-day Leaders looking to improve team performance and culture Anyone considering business coaching but wanting a taster first If you want to grow your revenue and profitability, regain your time and work-life balance as a business owner, and lead confidently, you’ll feel right at home. Meet Your Host: Business Growth Specialist and Coach - Kevin Riley Kevin is a former business owner who built a £20M company before becoming a business coach. As a Scaling Up Certified Coach, He’s helped dozens of businesses scale to seven figures (and beyond), and he’s the coach behind Coaching 360 and ActionCOACH Warwick. With a direct, insightful and encouraging style, Kevin shares the real-world strategies that create measurable business growth. Upcoming Business Growth Events Our events fill fast, book directly below, or join the waitlist to get the chance to reserve a spot when bookings open. Click here to buy tickets Sell tickets online with Ticket Tailor FAQs Are these events really free? Yes — 100%. No credit card, no hidden upsell. Will I be sold to? Nope. These are value-led sessions. If you’re curious about business coaching afterwards and how it can help transform your business, we’re happy to chat but there’s zero pressure. You can also find an extensive collection of free help, support, tools and advice on here and on our socials Where are events held? Our in-person events are held across Warwickshire (Leamington Spa, Coventry, Warwick). Webinars are hosted online. How do I book? Just scroll up to the “Upcoming Events” section and grab your spot. If it’s not open yet, join the waitlist to be first in line. Ready to Book? Don’t miss your chance to experience Coaching 360 events for yourself. Secure your free ticket now or join the waitlist to hear first when new events drop. Free Business Growth Events for Business Owners in Warwickshire & the West Midlands Looking to grow your business, strengthen your leadership, or... --- ### Free Sales Event in Warwickshire > Get 30 years of proven sales expertise in just 4 hours. Join our FREE sales event in Warwickshire. - Published: 2024-09-19 - Modified: 2026-01-20 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/free-business-events/ultimate-sales-masterclass-free-sales-event-in-warwickshire/ Ultimate Sales Masterclass: The best of 30 years in sales, delivered in 3 hours. Register for our FREE sales event in Warwickshire, now! See upcoming business events such as sales, marketing, leadership, and business growth here in Warwickshire and the Midlands! Are you a business owner or sales professional in Warwickshire looking to supercharge your sales skills without spending a penny? We’re offering a FREE Sales event in Warwickshire packed with 30 years of sales expertise, insights, and actionable strategies to help you close more deals and grow your business. What are the benefits of attending a Sales Masterclass? Hosted by Kevin Riley, a sales expert with over 30 years of experience, this FREE event is a must for anyone looking to: Boost sales performance with proven, real-world techniques Learn how to build trust and credibility with clients Close deals faster and more effectively 1 hour of networking opportunities with other business owners and sales professionals in Warwickshire Kevin has successfully built and led sales teams, trained professionals in multiple industries, and launched successful sales academies. Now, he’s condensing all of his most powerful strategies into one 3-hour masterclass—and it’s completely FREE! Event Details: Date: 5th November 2026 Time: 09:30 AM - 2 PM (including a 1-hour networking session) Location: The Warwickshire Golf Club, Leek Wootton, CV35 7QT What Will You Learn? This isn’t just another sales workshop. The Ultimate Sales Masterclass will give you access to the exact methods and approaches Kevin has used to achieve results for over three decades. You’ll leave with: Top sales strategies that can transform your sales process Actionable tips to close more deals and grow your revenue Insights into client relationship-building that will improve your sales cycles Learn practical, real-world sales strategies you can apply to your business the very next day. Register for our FREE sales event in Warwickshire today! Don’t miss this unique opportunity to attend a Free Sales Event in Warwickshire. Space is limited, so register now to secure your spot and start improving your sales performance. window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=043371', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#003072', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Ultimate Sales Masterclass > Join the Ultimate Free Sales Masterclass! Get 30 years of proven sales expertise in just 3 hours. Limited spots – book your free place today! - Published: 2024-09-19 - Modified: 2025-10-07 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/personalised-workshops/ultimate-sales-masterclass-free-event-for-business-owners/ Ultimate Sales Masterclass: The best of 30 years in sales, delivered in 3 hours. And It’s Completely FREE! Are you a business owner or sales professional in Warwickshire looking to supercharge your sales skills without spending a penny? We’re offering a FREE Sales Masterclass packed with 30 years of sales expertise, insights, and actionable strategies to help you close more deals and grow your business. Click here to get tickets Why Attend? Hosted by Kevin Riley, a sales expert with over 30 years of experience, this FREE event is a must for anyone looking to: Boost sales performance with proven, real-world techniques Learn how to build trust and credibility with clients Close deals faster and more effectively 1 hour of networking opportunities with other business owners and sales professionals in Warwickshire Kevin has successfully built and led sales teams, trained professionals in multiple industries, and launched successful sales academies. Now, he’s condensing all of his most powerful strategies into one 3-hour masterclass—and it’s completely FREE! Event Details: Date: Thursday 6th November 2025 Time: 09:30 AM - 2 PM (including a 1-hour networking session) Location: The Warwickshire Golf Club, Leek Wootton, CV35 7QT Click here to get tickets What Will You Learn? This isn’t just another sales workshop. The Ultimate Sales Masterclass will give you access to the exact methods and approaches Kevin has used to achieve results for over three decades. You’ll leave with: Top sales strategies that can transform your sales process Actionable tips to close more deals and grow your revenue Insights into client relationship-building that will improve your sales cycles Learn practical, real-world sales strategies you can apply to your business the very next day. Register for Free Today! Don’t miss this unique opportunity to attend a Free Sales Event in Warwickshire. Space is limited, so register now to secure your spot and start improving your sales performance. Click here to get tickets --- ### Client Referral Programme - Published: 2024-08-13 - Modified: 2024-12-12 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/client-referral-programme/ --- ### Downloads - Published: 2024-04-25 - Modified: 2026-01-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/content-overview/downloads/ --- ### 360 Sales Academy > 360 Sales Academy is an exclusive sales course which helps you hone your skills and refine your strategies to maximize your sales. - Published: 2024-02-16 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/360-sales-academy-2024/ 360 Sales Academy | Coaching 360 A Practical Sales Course That Transforms Confidence and Results Sales isn’t about being pushy — it’s about solving problems, creating value, and building trust. But too many salespeople lack a repeatable system, the confidence to handle objections, or the skills to adapt in different environments. That’s why we created 360 Sales Academy — a high-impact sales training programme led by award-winning Business Growth Specialist, Kevin Riley. 100% value guaranteed or your money back! If you feel you didn’t get full value from attending our 360 Sales Academy, tell us how much you want to pay and we will refund the difference. No quibbles guaranteed. Find out more What is 360 Sales Academy? An immersive sales course designed to take you (or your team) from uncertain to unstoppable. Through a mix of teaching, role play, coaching, and live review of your sales process, Kevin shares 30+ years of front-line sales experience — from door-to-door to enterprise selling — and equips you with the tools to close more deals, more confidently. This isn’t theory. It’s a hands-on, practical programme that creates real behaviour change and measurable results. What You’ll Learn Across the course, you’ll master: The 360 Sales System – A structured approach that works every time. Sales Philosophy – The mindset shift that drives everything else. Aspirational vs Pain Selling – Identifying what really moves your customer to act. Questioning Techniques – Build trust, uncover value, and lead conversations with authority. DISC & Learning Styles – Connect instantly with different personalities and buyers. Objection Handling – Turn “no” into “not yet” — and eventually into “yes”. In-Person, Phone & Virtual Selling – Adapt seamlessly across platforms. Enterprise & Relationship Selling – From high-value deals to long-term partnerships. KPI Tracking & Accountability – Simple tools to make sure learning turns into results. Who It’s For Business Owners – who want to sharpen their own skills and lead sales by example. Sales Leaders & Managers – ready to build a motivated, accountable team. Sales Teams – who need practical tools to improve conversion rates and confidence. Why Choose 360 Sales Academy? Learn from Kevin Riley — multi-award-winning coach who scaled a business to £20M turnover. Get immediate, practical tools you can use in your next sales meeting. Be held accountable throughout the course — no more slipping back into old habits. Build a repeatable sales system tailored to your style and business. Gain the confidence to lead every conversation with control and authority. Book Your Place Today Seats are limited and currently we're at capacity. Get in touch to join the waitlist and secure your spot at the next 360 Sales Academy and take your sales to the next level. window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=043371', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#003072', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### 360 Sales Academy 2024 > 360 Sales Academy is an exclusive sales course which helps you hone your skills and refine your strategies to maximize your sales. - Published: 2024-02-13 - Modified: 2025-09-30 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/360-sales-academy/360-sales-academy-2024/ 360 Sales Academy | Coaching 360 A Practical Sales Course That Transforms Confidence and Results Sales isn’t about being pushy, it’s about solving problems, creating value, and building trust. But too many salespeople lack a repeatable system, the confidence to handle objections, or the skills to adapt in different environments. That’s why we created 360 Sales Academy - a high-impact, return on investment guaranteed sales training programme led by award-winning Business Growth Specialist, Kevin Riley. Book a discovery call What You’ll Learn Across the course, you’ll master: The 360 Sales System – A structured approach that works every time. Sales Philosophy – The mindset shift that drives everything else. Aspirational vs Pain Selling – Identifying what really moves your customer to act. Questioning Techniques – Build trust, uncover value, and lead conversations with authority. DISC & Learning Styles – Connect instantly with different personalities and buyers. Objection Handling – Turn “no” into “not yet” — and eventually into “yes”. In-Person, Phone & Virtual Selling – Adapt seamlessly across platforms. Enterprise & Relationship Selling – From high-value deals to long-term partnerships. KPI Tracking & Accountability – Simple tools to make sure learning turns into results. Plus, you'll get the tools you need to track key performance indicators and take the necessary actions to reach your goals, alongside a DISC assessment and report. Our 360 Sales Academy is a mixture of Zoom and face to face sessions held at our boardroom in Leamington Spa and is an investment of £1050+VAT total. 100% value guaranteed or your money back! If you feel you didn’t get full value from attending our 360 Sales Academy, tell us how much you want to pay and we will refund the difference. No quibbles guaranteed. What is 360 Sales Academy? An immersive sales course designed to take you (or your team) from uncertain to unstoppable. Through a mix of teaching, role play, coaching, and live review of your sales process, Kevin shares 30+ years of front-line sales experience — from door-to-door to enterprise selling — and equips you with the tools to close more deals, more confidently. This isn’t theory. It’s a hands-on, practical programme that creates real behaviour change and measurable results. Who It’s For Business Owners – who want to sharpen their own skills and lead sales by example. Sales Leaders & Managers – ready to build a motivated, accountable team. Sales Teams – who need practical tools to improve conversion rates and confidence. Why Choose 360 Sales Academy? Learn from Kevin Riley — multi-award-winning coach who scaled a business to £20M turnover. Get immediate, practical tools you can use in your next sales meeting. Be held accountable throughout the course — no more slipping back into old habits. Build a repeatable sales system tailored to your style and business. Gain the confidence to lead every conversation with control and authority. --- ### 7 Secrets to Successful Selling > Join Business Growth Specialist, Kevin Riley, for a #FREE online webinar giving you the opportunity to break free from the stresses of selling and learn how to thrive (not just survive!) in the world of sales. - Published: 2024-02-02 - Modified: 2024-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/7-secrets-to-successful-selling/ --- ### Sorry to see you go - Published: 2024-01-15 - Modified: 2024-01-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-growth-club-unsubscribe/ You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from GrowthCLUB emails. --- ### Sorry to see you go - Published: 2024-01-15 - Modified: 2024-01-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-book-club-unsubscribe/ You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from BookCLUB emails. --- ### Sorry to see you go - Published: 2024-01-15 - Modified: 2024-01-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/unsubscribe/ You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from Coaching 360 emails. --- ### Sorry to see you go - Published: 2024-01-15 - Modified: 2024-01-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-kevin-unsubscribe/ You’ve been successfully unsubscribed from Kevin's emails. --- ### Sorry to see you go - Published: 2024-01-12 - Modified: 2024-01-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services-action-coach-unsubscribe/ You've been successfully unsubscribed from ActionCOACH emails. --- ### Scaling Up Coaching > Confidential, Expert and Trusted Guidance £1m+ businesses. Certified Scaling Up Coaching for CEOs, Founders, Entrepreneurs, and Start Ups. Align leadership, build cadence, and Scale successfully and profitably. - Published: 2023-11-01 - Modified: 2026-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/scaling-up-coaching/ Unlock Growth with a Certified Scaling Up Business Coach Do you need expert guidance with Scaling Up your business? Are you ready to take your business beyond the ceiling it’s hit? At Coaching 360, we deliver Scaling Up business coaching that enables ambitious CEOs, founders, and leadership teams from Scale-ready businesses to Private Equity-Backed Enterprises to achieve sustainable growth. Led by Kevin Riley, Certified Scaling Up Coach, our programmes use the proven Scaling Up framework to create clarity, accountability, and momentum across your business. Book a discovery call Our Scaling Up coaching services are dedicated to providing transformative coaching tailored to your unique scaling needs. Kevin Riley is here to guide, support, and empower you and your team as you embark on your journey to success. Whilst the Scaling Up Framework gives your leadership team and business the structure Coaching enables you with the clarity and confidence to use it. Why choose coaching? Our expert Scaling Up Business Coach Kevin Riley will enable you to refine and develop your business strategies, ensuring they are aligned with your scaling objectives. We'll work together to identify opportunities, overcome challenges, and set actionable goals. Kevin's a seasoned professional with a wealth of experience in helping businesses like yours scale up. He's a Four-time founder himself having previously scaled a £20 Million Business. Explore Scaling with Coaching 360 Effective leadership is vital for successful scaling. Our coaching programs are designed to enhance your leadership skills and empower you to lead your team with confidence and vision. To achieve Leadership Alignment, We'll work closely with your teams to optimise execution and performance. Our coaching services will ensure that your business operates at its peak efficiency as you scale up. We understand the complexities and challenges you face and know how to navigate them effectively. We believe that every business is distinct, and your coaching program should be too. Our coaching services are customised to address your specific needs, ensuring that your scaling strategy aligns with your goals. Our coaching methodologies are based on the renowned Scaling Up framework, which has transformed countless businesses globally. We'll work with you in key areas of People, Strategy, Execution, and Cash to ensure a holistic approach to your growth journey. Coaching is a powerful tool for personal and professional growth. Our coach, Kevin acts as your trusted advisor, helping you and your team reach your full potential. With personalised guidance, you can overcome obstacles, refine your strategies, and achieve your scaling goals more efficiently. Book a discovery call Why work with a Scaling Up coach? Scaling is tough. As revenue grows, complexity increases. Teams pull in different directions. Cash gets squeezed. Strategy drifts. A Scaling Up coach gives you the tools, systems, and focus to get past the barriers holding you back. Kevin Riley brings a rare mix of credibility and experience: Certified Scaling Up Coach trained in the official methodology and experienced in it's implementation. Four-time founder, including scaling a travel business to £20 million turnover. Award-winning Business Growth Specialist, trusted by hundreds of UK business owners. Kevin and the Coaching 360 team work with you to: Build a strong leadership team aligned behind one vision. Create a clear strategy and measurable execution plan. Develop systems that scale, so growth doesn’t depend on you alone. Drive performance in the four critical decisions: People, Strategy, Execution, and Cash. Book your discovery call today to find out how Scaling Up coaching could work for your business. Book a discovery call The business and personal benefits of business coaching Business Coaching benefits for your business: Alignment across leadership. Faster execution and accountability. Predictable cash flow and sustainable scaling. Business Coaching benefits for you as a leader: Headspace to think strategically. Confidence in your decisions. Less firefighting, more leading. A trusted and confidential advisor to keep you focused. Tailored coaching for UK scaling businesses No two businesses scale the same way. That’s why our coaching is tailored to your industry, stage, and team dynamics. Whether you’re breaking through £1M turnover or preparing for international expansion, we’ll adapt the Scaling Up framework to your situation. Our approach includes: Leadership alignment workshops to strengthen your board and senior team. Execution roadmaps to ensure plans turn into results. Performance metrics and dashboards that keep accountability clear. Team development tools including DISC and Wealth Dynamics profiling. Scaling Up isn’t just about profit. It’s about building a business that works for you - not one that relies only on you. Why Coaching 360? Proven track record: Coaching... --- ### Facilitation > Transform your business with expert facilitation. Strategic planning sessions to align your executive team, drive growth, and unlock innovation. - Published: 2023-11-01 - Modified: 2026-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/facilitation/ Strategic Facilitation for Scaling Up: Drive Clarity, Alignment & Growth Is your leadership team ready to align, innovate, and scale with purpose? Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 specialise in high-impact business facilitation using the proven Scaling Up methodology. We empower senior teams and boards from Scaling SMEs to Private Equity-Backed Enterprises to break through barriers, set strategic direction, and accelerate results - fast. Watch this account from where Kevin Riley has facilitated positive leadership alignment in an organisation that began the see the symptoms of a fractured board. Book a discovery call What Is Strategic Facilitation? Our facilitation services are more than just getting people in a room. We lead leadership teams through structured, outcome-driven sessions that are specifically designed to: Clarify Long-Term Vision & Quarterly Priorities: Set a strategic direction and align your team with measurable goals. Solve Core Strategic & Operational Issues: Uncover and tackle the challenges that are hindering your business's growth. Unlock Innovative Thinking & Drive Growth: Encourage creative thinking that identifies new opportunities to propel your business forward. Foster Accountability, Collaboration, and High-Performance: Build cohesive teams that are committed to executing your vision. Whether you're facing a growth challenge, undergoing re-alignment, or preparing for a leadership retreat, we create the space and structure for transformative conversations that move the needle. Why Choose Coaching 360? Scaling Up Certified Expertise Led by Kevin Riley, one of the UK’s few Scaling Up Certified Coaches and founder of a £20 Million business, we use the globally proven Scaling Up framework to deliver sustainable, measurable growth. This means you’re not just getting an experienced facilitator — you’re getting a certified expert who has guided hundreds of businesses towards success. Proven Track Record with Fast-Growth Businesses With hundreds of strategic planning sessions under our belt, we've helped businesses scale from milestone to milestone, navigating through challenges, aligning teams, and executing clear action plans that accelerate growth. Tailored Facilitation for Your Unique Business Needs Every business is different. That’s why we customise every session to align with your company’s stage, objectives, team dynamics and personalities. We ensure that you leave with a clear action plan, accountable owners, and a roadmap to growth. Read and watch a case study of effective leadership and Board alignment Kevin Riley - Business Growth Specialist and Expert Facilitator Who We Work With Our facilitation services are ideal for: Business owners and CEOs leading growth-stage companies that are ready to scale or re-align. Executive teams preparing for funding, scaling, or structural changes. Businesses experiencing internal misalignment or strategic drift that need realignment to unlock growth potential. Boards and leadership teams preparing for strategic offsites where key decisions will shape the future of the business. Private Equity and the businesses they fund to provide best-in-class support and guidance to ensure success. We’ve successfully worked with companies of all sizes — from £1M to £100M+ in turnover — to unlock clarity and scale with confidence. Book a discovery call window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-scaling-up? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=02255d', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#002c69', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### 360 Sales Academy - Published: 2023-10-25 - Modified: 2024-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/360-sales-academy/ Do you want to step up your sales game? 360 Sales Academy is your answer. This exclusive sales course helps you hone your skills and refine your strategies to maximize your sales. With over 30 years of sales experience, you can learn the techniques to handle objections, soft-sell, and enterprise selling, and build a solid foundation for success. We'll also teach you the sales system, philosophy, process, and questioning to create value and build relationships of trust. You'll gain insight into how to identify and address customer pain points, as well as how to connect with people through DISC and learning styles. Plus, you'll get the tools you need to track key performance indicators and take the necessary actions to reach your goals. Take your sales to the next level today with 360 Sales Academy. Covering subjects such as: Sales System Sales Philosophy – this drives everything Identification of Aspirational or Pain Selling – using us as a guide Sales process and questioning to create value and build Know, like and trust Methods to Connect immediately through DISC and Learning styles In person, telephone and virtual differences Key KPI trackers and actions to take Sales techniques from over 30 years in sales, from door to door to soft sell Objection handling techniques to enable you to confidently answer all objections Enterprise selling techniques and methods The course is run by our business growth specialist, Kevin Riley using a mixture of teaching, role play, individual coaching, reviewing of documentation. Why chose 360 Sales Academy? Become more confident as a sales leader and help to motivate your sales team Train your sales team to close at 100% every time! Learn how to take control at your sales meetings Be held accountable during the course for your sales targets For information on our next course, click --> here --- ### Personalised Workshops - Published: 2023-10-25 - Modified: 2025-04-17 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/personalised-workshops/ Our personalised workshops are where your specific business needs take centre stage. We understand that every organisation is unique, and there's no one-size-fits-all solution. That's why we offer tailor-made workshops that cover a wide range of topics, including time management, team building, systems optimisation, marketing strategies, leadership development, and much more. Our workshops are meticulously crafted to align with your goals and challenges. Whether you're aiming to boost productivity, enhance team cohesion, streamline operations, or sharpen leadership skills, we've got you covered. Our experienced business growth specialists work closely with you to design workshops that address your precise needs. We ensure that you leave each session with actionable insights and strategies that will drive success. Our personalised workshops are here to help you embark on a journey of growth and innovation uniquely tailored to your business's requirements. Our next upcoming workshop: Ultimate Business Growth Masterclass: The best of 30 years in Business, delivered in 4 hours. --- ### VAK - Published: 2023-10-25 - Modified: 2023-11-14 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/vak/ Our VAK profiling service is a powerful tool for understanding your unique learning style. We recognize that everyone learns differently, and that's what makes each of us unique. Our assessments help you discover whether you're primarily a visual, auditory, or kinesthetic learner. By identifying your dominant learning style, you gain valuable insights into how you absorb and process information most effectively. What is VAK? The VAK Learning Styles Model was developed by psychologists in the 1920s to classify the most common ways that people learn. According to the model, most of us prefer to learn in one of three ways: visual, auditory or kinesthetic (although, in practice, we generally "mix and match" these three styles). Visual: a visually-dominant learner absorbs and retains information better when it is presented in, for example, pictures, diagrams and charts. Auditory: an auditory-dominant learner prefers listening to what is being presented. He or she responds best to voices, for example, in a lecture or group discussion. Hearing his own voice repeating something back to a tutor or trainer is also helpful. Kinesthetic: a kinesthetic-dominant learner prefers a physical experience. She likes a "hands-on" approach and responds well to being able to touch or feel an object or learning prop. In essence, VAK learning styles are simply different ways of perceiving information, depending on an individual's preferences for learning. Why use VAK? Improve communication between colleagues Understand your own learning style and make the most from any study time Improve team and individual productivity Make more informed decisions about task assignments Manage employee career development by understanding employee learning styles Our VAK profiling service is not only a key to better comprehending your own learning preferences but also a roadmap for enhancing your educational experiences. --- ### DiSC Personality Profile Assessments > Get DISC Personality Profile Assessments for individuals and business. Learn the four DISC types, strengths, weaknesses, and real-world applications in leadership, hiring, and teamwork. - Published: 2023-10-25 - Modified: 2025-09-20 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/disc-personality-profile-assessments/ DISC Personality Profiling Discover the the insights about yourself you'll wish you'd known years ago with Coaching 360's free online DISC personality test. It's built for real businesses to strengthen real teams. Uncover your DISC Profile for free What Are the Four DISC Personality Types? Everyone fits into one of four core behavioural styles - and once you know your primary one, things start to click. D – Dominance: Direct. Results-driven. Gets things done. I – Influence: Outgoing. Enthusiastic. People-focused. S – Steadiness: Calm. Loyal. Reliable under pressure. C – Conscientiousness: Precise. Analytical. Detail-obsessed. You’ll likely be a mix of these as the primary personality styles can be further defined into 12 commonly recognised personality types, which one you are will lead how you communicate and show up at work. Which DISC Personality Style sounds like you? Take Coaching 360’s Free DISC Personality Profile Use Personality Profiling to Get Clarity on How Your Team Actually Works A DISC Personality Assessment will show how you and your team naturally think, behave, and communicate. It’s not just fascinating - it’s immediately usable to improve communication and collaboration in business. Personality Assessments deliver insight that applies to hiring, leadership, collaboration and culture. Free DISC quizzes give you a label. Most people are surprised what they learn. Find out if you are actually the type you think you are and get vital extra content and leverage. It’s been designed for business - used by founders, HR leaders and management teams across the UK to provide the same benefits, insights and clarity for professional relationships as well as personal ones. Discover your Behavioural Style with Coaching 360’s Free DISC Personality Profile Start with Coaching 360’s free DISC Personality Profile - a quick, insight-packed tool built for busy business leaders. Fast, Business-Focused Personality Assessment Results Find out your dominant DISC type in under 3 minutes. We’ll send you a simple summary of your type right away. Want to go deeper? You can upgrade to the full profile any time - more detail, a full and fascinating PDF report containing immediately recognisable insights into your personality you may have never known, and tools you can use with your team. Take the Free DISC Personality Profile Real Business Problems. Real DISC Solutions. What to do when personality types clash in the workplace We worked with a business where a senior Sales Director (classic High D — fast, direct, bottom-line focused) kept clashing with a Senior Marketing Director (pure High I — energetic, people-oriented, loves a chat). The D thought the I was waffling. The I thought the D was cold. They weren’t wrong - they just weren’t aligned. Once we ran their DISC profiles, both saw where the tension came from. More importantly, they knew how to adapt. Now? Better conversations, better outcomes and increased respect from mutual understanding. How to hire the right person into your business from day one A seven-site restaurant group uses DISC to filter applicants before they’re even interviewed. Staff turnover was crucial issue within the business and it was beginning to impact team culture and most importantly, made it it difficult to maintain a consistent level of service. High I’s up front — energy, charm, connection. High D’s leading operations — pace, pressure, decisions. High S’s in back-of-house — consistency, calm, reliability. It’s not guesswork. It’s systemised behavioural hiring and make sure you aren't trying to put a square peg through a circle hole. Don't confuse this for personality fit - it's performance fit. Staff turnover’s down. Business performance is up. Learn more about our business alignment programmes Buy a Full DISC Profile for Practical Business Insights When you’re ready to go beyond the basics, our full DISC Personality Profile gives you: A detailed, 10–15 page PDF report Strengths, blind spots, stress responses How others see you and how to flex your style and to be careful of Practical tips for leadership, management, and hiring Pricing Options Package Who It’s For Price Free DiSC Profile People Curious about their primary DISC Profile FREE Single Profile Individuals, founders, or new hires £50 Team+New Hire Alignment Package (10 Profiles) Small teams or leadership groups. Contains additional Insights £750 Business Alignment Package Larger orgs, multiple teams, or ongoing use Contact us Buy Full DISC Profile Built for Coaching 360 Clients - But Open to All We use this exact profiling tool in our: Business Coaching programmes Scaling Up strategy work Board facilitation and Leadership alignments But you don’t need to be in coaching with us... --- ### C360 Academy - Published: 2023-10-25 - Modified: 2025-10-01 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/360-academy/ Welcome to C360 Academy, your gateway to professional growth and development. At C360 Academy, we are committed to equipping individuals and organizations with the tools and knowledge they need to succeed in today's dynamic business landscape. Our comprehensive offering includes a diverse range of workshops, each designed to empower you with practical skills and insights. Dive into the world of personality assessment with our DISC workshops, unlock the secrets of effective communication and learning styles in our VAK sessions, and harness your sales potential through the specialized 360 Sales Academy. Our cutting-edge curriculum, led by seasoned business growth specialists, will help you sharpen your skills, increase your productivity, and achieve your goals. What we offer: DiSC® Personality Profiling Wealth Dynamics Personality Profiling VAK sessions Personalised workshops Sales Training with our 360 Sales Academy At C360 Academy, you can anticipate hands-on, interactive workshops that encourage active participation, networking, and practical application of the concepts learned. Our business growth specialists will guide you through real-world scenarios, ensuring that the knowledge you gain is directly applicable to your day-to-day challenges. --- ### GrowthCLUB > Plan your next 90 days with confidence. Join GrowthCLUB, the strategic planning workshop for business owners who want results, not just ideas. Build Your 90-Day Business Growth Plan - Published: 2023-10-25 - Modified: 2026-01-29 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/growthclub/ Book you place at GrowthCLUB – a high-energy, full-day strategic workshop by Kevin Riley and ActionCOACH Warwick that turns ambition into action. Reserve Seats No fluff. No theory. Just practical planning, coaching support, and real accountability. Next event: 25th March 2026 | Ashorne Hill, Warwickshire What is GrowthCLUB? GrowthCLUB is a quarterly business planning day for ambitious business owners who are ready to take action. Whether you're stuck, scaling, or simply want a sharper focus, you’ll leave with a clear 90-day plan and the momentum to execute it. Led by award-winning coaches from Coaching 360 and ActionCOACH Warwick, GrowthCLUB is part strategy, part accountability, part rocket fuel. Who GrowthCLUB is for Business owners with teams Entrepreneurs seeking structure Senior managers driving growth ActionCLUB and 1-to-1 clients Anyone who wants to work on the business, not just in it What Business Owners Get from GrowthCLUB A 90-day tactical action plan Expert coaching and support Keynote training on real business challenges Tools to stay accountable after the event Fresh energy and perspective Networking with other business owners "I’ve been to loads of events. This one actually moved the needle. " — GrowthCLUB attendee, June 2025 Why Business Owners Keep Coming Back Because it works. GrowthCLUB isn’t a seminar — it’s a results-focused planning sprint backed by a proven framework. You’ll walk away with real clarity, not just inspiration. FAQs Where is GrowthCLUB held? Ashorne Hill Conference Centre, Warwickshire. Easily accessible from Leamington, Coventry, Banbury, and Stratford-upon-Avon. Is GrowthCLUB just for Coaching 360 or ActionCOACH clients? Nope. Anyone serious about business growth is welcome — whether you’re a client or not. How much does GrowthCLUB cost? Standard tickets are £199 + VAT. Early bird and client rates available. Can I bring my team to GrowthCLUB? Absolutely. High-performing businesses don’t scale alone. Many owners bring senior managers, sales leads, or ops staff. Will I get templates or resources? Yes — including your printed 90-day plan, planning tools, and post-event resources. What if I’m not sure I’m “ready” to invest in GrowthCLUB? That’s exactly why you should come. GrowthCLUB is about progress, not perfection. Create the roadmap to your success with GrowthCLUB – the 90 day business planning workshop Many business owners get caught up in the day-to-day running of their business. Finding time to plan and to reflect on what’s working and what isn’t can be extremely difficult. GrowthCLUB is the opportunity to take a day out of your business, to work on your business in an inspirational environment alongside other business owners. By the end of GrowthCLUB, you will have a clear picture of where your business will be in 90 days time. As well as a step-by-step plan to get you there. https://youtu. be/TD-OQ-ruttA What is GrowthCLUB? GrowthCLUB is a business growth strategy workshop that makes creating tactical plans for your business both educational and fun. What to expect: A one day business planning session, held once per quarter Workshops and focus sessions with likeminded business owners The opportunity to learn from the strategies implemented in other businesses The opportunity to broaden your sphere of contacts by networking with other business owners in your area The opportunity to learn from our team of business growth specialists and highly acclaimed keynote speakers GrowthCLUB Attendee feedback “Another great day – packed with learnings, tips and ideas. More networking opportunities than ever and fascinating speakers. Just keeps getting better! ” – Nick Walker, Business Owner, Pack Smart Ltd “Excellent event. Lots of life-changing content. Event not to be missed! ” – Anna Kmiec, Will Writer & Estate Planner, Citywide Wills --- ### ActionCLUB > Twice-Monthly Business Coaching in a group setting on all the fundamentals of Business. Join other Founders for a half day business guidance session. - Published: 2023-10-25 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/actionclub/ ActionCLUB is the most practical, dynamic, and profitable business, sales and marketing programme you’ll ever invest in. Hosted by Business Growth Specialist Kevin Riley. ActionCLUB is a programme that builds a strong foundation around ALL the key fundamentals of business based on practical step-by-step business strategies that have been successful and proven to work by tens of thousands of ActionCOACH clients all around the world. These are ideas that you can implement in your business straight away, ideas that can deliver a positive return on your investment. Speak to us about a trial session ActionCLUB Find out more about Group Business Coaching ActionCLUB Reviews Mike Goodenough, Financial Advisor, Parkway Consulting: "Being involved with Kevin and the Team at ActionClub has changed my life - for the better! With active listening and daring to implement new thoughts with actions, my personal and business development has been phenomenal. I truly believe there is even more to discover and to enjoy. " Dhiran Vagdia, Vagdia and Holmes Chartered Architects. "ActionClub creates focused and relevant conversations around my business challenges, and these sessions are very helpful in offering me clarity and focus. It helps me prioritise what is most important to me - as the business owner - at any one time, and allows me to execute, against a clear action plan. In terms of our business, it has helped our workflow, efficiency and deliverability, by helping reduce the noise and distractions generally, therefore enabling full and efficient productivity for the team. ActionClub allows a regular, dedicated time, outside of the business, lending me perspective and subjectivity, allowing me to concentrate fully on the business. " What will I learn? You will join a group of likeminded business owners and professionals on the 2nd and last Thursday of every month for interactive and activity-based business strategy sessions. ActionCLUB participants are expected to put their business strategies into practice immediately then provide feedback on their successes and challenges. You will learn how to: Achieve more by improving your priority setting and time management skills Define your unique selling proposition and turn it into a powerful, competitive weapon Dramatically increase your lead generation and conversion skills Develop loyal, profitable customers who keep coming back Differentiate between cash flow and profit margin Hire, develop and retain the best people Create systems that allow the business to run without you How much does it cost? To welcome you to ActionCLUB, we offer your first meeting for FREE! If you enjoy your first meeting and wish to return, ActionCLUB costs £395 + VAT per month and is payable by direct debit. * *There is no contract or minimum term, however we kindly request you give a 1 month notice period should you wish to leave the monthly Direct Debit membership and settle all outstanding invoices before you leave. window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=043371', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#003072', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### One to One Business Coaching - Published: 2023-10-19 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/1-to-1-coaching/ One-to-One Business Coaching for Business Owner ready to make a change Powered by the ActionCOACH Framework Are you ready to grow - but feel like you're hitting a ceiling? This is our most focused, results-driven programme. It’s designed for business owners who are already growing, but know things could be running smoother, smarter, and without so much dependence on you. If you're working too many hours, stuck in the day-to-day, and unsure how to take your business to the next level, this is where we start. What is One-to-One Business Coaching? This is personalised, high-accountability business coaching based on the globally successful ActionCOACH framework — used by tens of thousands of businesses worldwide. You’ll work closely with an experienced coach to improve performance across all core areas of the business: time, team, marketing, sales, systems, finance, and leadership. Everything is tailored to your goals, your business, and your growth stage. How Does It Work? We start with a deep alignment session to get complete clarity on where your business is now, where you want it to be, and what’s standing in the way. Then we coach weekly or fortnightly, focusing first on time mastery — to free up space so you can stop firefighting and start leading. Next, we set goals, build your growth plan, and get to work on what will move the needle — fast. Because the programme is bespoke, the focus evolves based on your goals. But every client receives: Weekly or fortnightly private coaching sessions Clear action plans after every session Quarterly 90-Day Planning Workshops Reviews of your sales, marketing, finance, operations & team systems Complimentary DISC personality profiling Templates, tools & access to our full business education library 100% accountability, support and challenge from your dedicated and experienced business coach Is This Right for My Business? This programme is designed for established business owners who are: Experiencing steady growth, but want more Spending too much time in the business, not enough on it Feeling like the business depends too heavily on them Open to challenge, accountability, and change Committed to building something better — not just working harder If you’re coachable, ambitious, and ready to take ownership of your business’s next stage, this is the highest-leverage and investment you can make. With the Return-on-investment or money-back guarantee, It's also the safest. Get in touch with us here at Coaching 360 to find out more the 6-month Return on Investment Guarantee. Why Use the ActionCOACH Coaching Framework? At ActionCOACH Warwick, we don’t just offer advice. We bring a proven system that’s been used in over 80 countries to deliver measurable, repeatable growth. The ActionCOACH framework gives you: Clarity on what to fix and in what order Repeatable systems for sales, marketing, team, time, and finance Structured accountability to keep you on track A commercial focus — not just theory Combined with real-world experience from our coaches — who’ve grown and run multi-million-pound businesses themselves — it’s a powerful mix of strategy, support, and results. Looking for a higher-level business coaching strategy partner? If your business has grown beyond £1 million+ turnover, your challenges may be less about day-to-day operations and more about strategic leadership, team alignment, and scaling sustainably. That’s where our advanced coaching through Coaching 360 comes in. Led by Kevin Riley, an award-winning business growth specialist and Scaling Up expert, this programme is tailored for CEOs, founders and senior leadership teams ready for serious scale. Explore Scaling Up Coaching Are you ready to make a change? Our signature programme and the most intense: results-driven coaching that any business owner can put to use. This programme is suitable for high quality businesses already experiencing steady growth, but with the goal to grow more rapidly. You’re probably working too many hours and your business would not survive without your constant attention. What is one-to-one coaching & how does it work? To ensure success, the one-on-one business coaching process starts with an alignment session to get absolute clarity on where the company is now and where you want it to be. The outcome of that drives the coaching programme. The first stage of one-on-one coaching process is normally around mastering time to enable the Owner/Directors to have time to work strategically on the business. The second stage is normally to review/set an outline of the business plan and set goals. The goals are explored and your coach will also look at personal goals to ensure the motivation and focus is rounded. One-on-one coaching sessions are weekly or... --- ### Meet the Gang > Meet Coaching 360's team of business growth specialists, Scaling Up Certified Coaches and the people who make it all happen. - Published: 2023-10-19 - Modified: 2025-11-05 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/meet-the-gang/ window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=043371', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#003072', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Business Coaching | ActionCOACH Warwick > Kevin Riley provides high impact, ROI Guaranteed Business Coaching for Founders, Owners and Entrepreneurs. Practical support on direct business challenges and ensuring your ideal life is met. - Published: 2023-10-18 - Modified: 2026-03-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/business-coaching-actioncoach/ Business Coaching At Coaching 360, we provide return-on-investment guaranteed high-impact business coaching that’s tailored to your stage of growth. Whether you’re scaling your team, stuck in the day-to-day, or ready to systemise and step back, we help you build a business that runs smarter, not harder. See what business coaching has done for Kevin Riley's Clients Book a discovery call Business Coaching with Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 For both SME and Private Equity-Backed Businesses, coaching gives owners and senior leaders the space, strategy, and accountability to make better decisions and grow faster, without burning out. During the pandemic, Kevin Riley and the team at Coaching 360 provided businesses with free business coaching to help ease fears and offer support. Although at a smaller scale, we've continued to offer a limited amount of gifted business coaching sessions per month to business owners seeking solutions and guidance when navigating challenges in their business. This Pro Bono time can be used for advice and guidance on whatever is causing you an additional headache you don't need as a business owner in 2026. Whether it's an issue with Time, Team or Money. You'll get valuable insight from experts that have built multiple successful businesses. Book a discovery call Business Coaching: What is it and who is it for? You're not new to business. You’ve built something solid. But growth feels harder now. The decisions are bigger. The stakes are higher. And your time? It's stretched thin. Running a business can feel isolating. You're expected to know everything, solve everything, and keep growing (all at once! ). For both SME and Private Equity-Backed Businesses, coaching gives owners and senior leaders the space, strategy, and accountability to make better decisions and grow faster, without burning out. Don't just take it from us, explore testimonials from our business coaching clients. Book a call What You Get from Business Coaching: A clear plan to scale Strategic support with leadership, sales, systems & finance Accountability to drive real change Clarity on where to focus time and energy Tools to stop firefighting and start leading Our coaching is grounded, commercially focused, and led by experienced and award-winning business owners - not just theorists. As well as a return on investment guarantee, we offer a limited number of gifted coaching sessions per month. Check your eligibility here. Apply for Gifted Coaching Who We Work With: Kevin coaches owners, directors and senior teams from: SMEs turning over £400k–£10m. Growth Stage Start Up Founders International Enterprises and senior boards. Kevin is well versed in all manner of industry verticals and stages of growth. Why Coaching 360? We’ve coached hundreds of businesses across the West Midlands and United Kingdom. Led by award-winning business coach Kevin Riley, we combine proven coaching frameworks with real-world business experience to enable leaders to scale, step back, and succeed on their terms. ActionCOACH framework. Built over 30 years and trusted by tens of thousands of businesses worldwide, this system gives you the structure, tools, and support to create lasting change. What makes it different? Clear, repeatable systems – So you stop winging it and start growing intentionally Tried-and-tested strategies – From sales scripts to team structures, it's all there Real accountability – We don't just talk strategy. We track progress and keep you moving Built for growth – Whether you’re at £400k or £2m, the framework evolves with your needs You get the best of both worlds: a globally recognised system, delivered by coaches who understand your business, your local market, and your personal goals. Book a discovery call Coaching Services We Offer: One-to-One Business Coaching Leadership Coaching Team Alignment & Culture Workshops Sales Strategy & Systems Support Board Facilitation & Scaling Up Advisory Sales Training and Consultancy Dynamic Personality Profiling Free Downloadable Resources for Business Owners Private Equity requested Business Coaching All tailored to your business. No fluff. No jargon. Book a discovery call window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-scaling-up? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=02255d', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#002c69', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Scaling Up > Scale your business and work with Certified Scaling Up Coach Kevin Riley to Align Your Leadership Team and Accelerate Growth - Published: 2023-10-18 - Modified: 2026-02-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/scaling-up/ Scaling Up Coaching for High-Growth Businesses Work with a Certified Scaling Up Coach to Align Strategy, People, and Execution for Sustainable Scale Whether you’re Scaling past £1M or leading a £30M company through your next phase of expansion, the Scaling Up Framework gives you a structured path to grow with confidence. At Coaching 360, we work with ambitious founders, managing directors, and leadership teams using the globally recognised Scaling Up framework to create alignment, unlock performance, and turn vision into traction. Led by Kevin Riley, certified Scaling Up Coach and founder of £20M business, we bring the tools, accountability, and strategic clarity needed to grow - without the chaos. We work with both Scale-Ready Organisations to Private Equity-Backed Enterprises Internationally. Book a discovery call What is the Scaling Up Framework? Originally developed by Verne Harnish, Scaling Up is a globally proven business growth framework used by over 80,000 companies worldwide. It’s designed to help leadership teams align around strategy, execution, and accountability—so businesses can scale without chaos. At Coaching 360, we use Scaling Up to support ambitious business owners and leadership teams across the UK who are ready for their next growth phase. The Four Decisions Every Scaling Business Must Get Right Scaling Up helps your business master four core areas: 1. People Are the right people in the right roles doing the right things? We help you build leadership alignment, install ownership structures like the Functional Accountability Chart (FACe), and foster a performance culture that doesn’t rely on you being in every room. 2. Strategy Can your team clearly explain what makes you different—and why you win? From developing your core customer and brand promise to clarifying your long-term vision, we help you build a strategic foundation your entire company can rally behind. 3. Execution Are you getting consistent results—or firefighting every week? We introduce the One Page Strategic Plan and install execution rhythms—weekly meetings, scorecards, dashboards—that keep everyone focused on the right priorities. 4. Cash Is growth fuelling profitability, or draining it? We help you improve your cash conversion cycle, increase margins, and fund growth sustainably—without relying on overdrafts, stress, or blind risk. Scaling Up Tools We Use With Your Team Your Scaling Up journey may include: Leadership Alignment Workshops Quarterly & Annual Strategic Planning Functional Accountability Chart (FACe) One Page Strategic Plan Team Health Checks Strategic Execution Rhythms Cash Flow & Margin Improvement Sessions Growth-Focused Dashboards Meeting Rhythms - Meeting Cadence Implementation This isn’t training - it’s guided transformation, embedded with your senior leadership team from day one. Who Is Scaling Up For? We work with ambitious leadership teams in businesses typically turning over £1M–£50M+, across multiple sectors asking themselves questions about scaling their businesses. You're a great fit if: You’ve outgrown your original operating model Leadership decision-making feels reactive or unclear You’re scaling fast but profits are lagging You’re struggling to hold people accountable without micromanaging Relationships between leaders in the board room could be more productive You’re the bottleneck for decisions, performance, or culture If your team is ready to take ownership of the next stage of growth, we’ll enable you to build the framework to get there. Book a discovery call Why Choose Coaching 360? Led by Kevin Riley, certified Scaling Up coach, board facilitator, and founder of multiple businesses, we bring more than coaching - we bring lived experience and proven systems. Unlike generic consultants, we work inside your boardroom, aligning your team, embedding tools, bringing real-world proven experience, and driving the momentum needed to scale with confidence. We highlight the strengths within your business and empower optimising them to grow whilst working with you constructively to improve areas of concern. Start Scaling: Book a discovery call Coaching 360 offers Scaling Business Owners: Deep understanding of founder-led growth A strategic but practical approach to implementation Expertise in leadership team development Leadership Alignments and Board Facilitation services to support sustained execution Thinking Even Bigger? If you’re operating above £50M or seeking high-level strategic alignment beyond Scaling Up, explore our High-Performance Executive Coaching & Leadership Alignments Client Feedback “Within 12 weeks, we had structure, confidence, and momentum. My leadership team finally felt like a team. Scaling Up with Coaching 360 helped us stop reacting and start leading again. ”— UK-Based Tech Founder, £12M Turnover Ready to Scale With Confidence? Book a free discovery session with Kevin Riley and explore if Scaling Up is the right fit for your business. Gain clarity on your biggest growth blockers Understand how Scaling Up applies to your current team... --- ### Kevin - Published: 2023-10-18 - Modified: 2023-11-16 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/kevin/ --- ### Services > Coaching 360 enables business owners with business coaching, growth events, scaling up framework implementation, leadership alignment and DISC personality profiling - Published: 2023-10-18 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/services/ Coaching 360 Services At Coaching 360, we enable ambitious CEOs, founders, and leadership teams to scale sustainably while creating businesses that give them more life. Our services combine proven frameworks with decades of real-world business experience to deliver lasting results. Book a discovery call Business Coaching Kevin Riley and Coaching 360's One-to-one award-winning and return-on-investment guaranteed business coaching is tailored to achieving your goals. Whether you’re a CEO, founder, or senior leader, Kevin Riley's unique blend of the ActionCOACH and Scaling Up Frameworks, his learnt experience and a YOU-centric coaching programme keeps you focused, accountable, and equipped with the right strategies to scale. Discover Business Coaching Business Growth Events High-impact workshops and masterclasses where you step out of the day-to-day and focus on strategy. From quarterly GrowthCLUB planning days to free and specialist leadership and sales masterclasses, our events are designed to give you clarity, tools, and motivation you can use immediately. Browse upcoming Free and Paid Business Growth Events DISC Personality Profiling Certified DISC assessments for individuals and teams. Understand behavioural styles, improve communication, and strengthen team performance. Available as standalone profiles, team packages, or full business alignment programmes. Discover the power of personality profiling Leadership Alignment Facilitated sessions for leadership teams to ensure everyone is working towards the same vision. We create clarity on roles, responsibilities, and priorities - removing friction and enabling faster execution. Kevin Riley is an expert facilitator and creates the space for honest, productive conversations that drive better decision-making and stronger governance. Leadership Alignment and Facilitation Sales Training & Corporate Training Tailored workshops to sharpen sales effectiveness, strengthen leadership capability, and equip teams with practical skills to perform at a higher level. Wealth Dynamics & Personality Profiling Alongside DISC, we use Wealth Dynamics and other profiling tools to unlock self-awareness and align team members to roles where they naturally excel. window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1&primary_color=043371', text: 'Book a Discovery Call', color: '#003072', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Content Overview - Published: 2023-10-17 - Modified: 2024-05-09 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/content-overview/ --- ### Contact > Contact Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 about business coaching, leadership alignment and facilitation, personality profiling or any business related challenge you need to solve. - Published: 2023-10-17 - Modified: 2026-04-01 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/contact/ --- ### Blog - Published: 2023-10-17 - Modified: 2023-11-07 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/blog/ --- ### Terms and Conditions - Published: 2023-08-02 - Modified: 2023-10-23 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/terms-and-conditions/ By using this web site, you are agreeing to comply and be bound by the following terms of service and use. Please review the following terms in their entirety and ensure their comprehension before using and viewing this web site. The terms “us”, “we”, “our”, or “owners” refers to “Coaching360” and administrative operators of this web site, www. coaching360. co. uk “You” refers to the user or viewer of this web site. Copyright The content in its entirety, including text content, graphics, layouts, and all source code, belong to the owners of the web site. This term is protected by intellectual property rights and copyright law. Copying, redistribution, use or publication either for free or for monetary gain is strictly prohibited. Some of the content on the site is the copyrighted and licensed work of third parties. Terms of Use The content of this web site in its entirety is subject to change without notice. Its purpose is for your general information only. No parties guarantee the accuracy, timeliness, performance, completeness, or suitability of the content and information found on this site. You acknowledge that errors or inaccuracies may exist, and that the owners of the site are in no way liable for any such errors. The owners of the site are not responsible and hold no liability for third-party content that may be posted on the site by end users, or for content that is linked to from this web site including other web sites. The use of and viewing of information on this site is at your own risk. Any consequences of use that may occur are not the liability of the web site owners. Unauthorized use of this web site or its contents may give rise to a claim for damages and/or be a criminal offense enforceable by local and international law. We reserve the right to restrict access to certain areas of the web site at our own discretion. If a username and password, or any other access credentials, are provided to you as the end user, it is your responsibility to keep such information confidential. The owners of the web site are not responsible for user-generated content, and no liable for any violations that such content may constitute. By using our website you agree that we can place cookies on your device. --- ### Home > Coaching 360 enables business owners to solve problems and smash goals. Business Coaching, Scaling Up, Leadership Facilitation and Alignment and Personality Profiling. We're here. With over 30 years' experience, Kevin Riley recognises every business, every individual and every need is different and offers bespoke coaching and support for all. - Published: 2023-06-01 - Modified: 2025-10-02 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/ --- --- ## Posts ### Accountability Isn’t a People Problem: Why Growing Businesses Get Stuck Between Teams - Published: 2026-01-15 - Modified: 2026-01-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/accountability-isnt-a-people-problem-why-growing-businesses-get-stuck-between-teams/ - Categories: Uncategorized Accountability Isn’t a People Problem: Why Growing Businesses Get Stuck Between Teams Ask most founders where execution breaks down and they’ll point to people. “Someone dropped the ball. ”“They didn’t follow through. ”“We need better managers. ” Often, that’s not the real issue. In scaling businesses, execution problems rarely live inside teams. They live between them. Where work really breaks As businesses grow, work flows across functions: sales hands over to delivery delivery hands over to finance finance hands over to operations If ownership isn’t clear end-to-end, gaps appear. No one is deliberately avoiding responsibility. It just isn’t clearly defined. That’s when you hear: “I thought someone else owned that. ” Why accountability gets fuzzy with growth Early on, roles are flexible. Everyone chips in. That flexibility is a strength — until it isn’t. As complexity increases: functional roles overlap processes span departments accountability becomes assumed rather than agreed The result is friction, delays, and repeated issues that never quite get fixed. Process accountability changes the conversation One of the most effective ways to restore control is to step back and ask: what are the handful of core processes that make this business work? who owns each one, end to end? how do we know it’s working? When processes have a single owner and clear expectations, problems stop bouncing around. Execution improves without adding layers of management. Accountability isn’t about control This isn’t about blame. It’s about clarity. Clear accountability: reduces tension speeds up decisions gives people confidence about what they own Most leadership teams feel relief when this becomes explicit. Bringing it all together Process accountability, functional accountability, priorities, values, and numbers all connect. When they’re aligned, businesses run smoothly. When they’re not, growth feels chaotic. This is why our invite-only working session, One Page Strategic Plan – Creating Clarity, walks through these elements together — not as theory, but as applied thinking for real businesses. The session is led by Kevin Riley, who previously scaled his own international business to over £20m and now works with founders and leadership teams navigating this exact stage of growth. If you’ve been invited and want to understand whether the day would be useful, you can find the full overview here. --- ### Why Scaling Businesses Lose Clarity (and How to Get It Back) - Published: 2026-01-13 - Modified: 2026-01-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-scaling-businesses-lose-clarity-and-how-to-get-it-back/ - Categories: Uncategorized Growth is supposed to make things easier. More people. More capability. More momentum. Yet for many founders, the opposite happens. The business grows, but everything feels heavier. Decisions take longer. Accountability gets fuzzy. Priorities compete with each other. Things that used to “just work” start to creak. This isn’t failure. It’s what happens when a business outgrows informal management. Why clarity fades as businesses scale In the early days, clarity lives in the founder’s head. Everyone knows what matters because the team is small and conversations are constant. As the business grows: more decisions are delegated more people interpret priorities differently more work happens out of sight Nothing dramatic breaks. Clarity just slowly erodes. Most leadership teams feel this before they can articulate it. The real problem isn’t strategy Many businesses assume the issue is strategy. It rarely is. Most scaling businesses already have: a vision goals plans good people What they lack is shared clarity around: what really matters right now who owns what how decisions get made when things collide Without that, execution becomes inconsistent — even with the best intentions. Why one-page thinking works Long strategy documents don’t solve this problem. They often make it worse. The One Page Strategic Plan works because it forces leadership teams to make decisions explicit: priorities are visible ownership is clear trade-offs are unavoidable If it doesn’t fit on one page, it usually isn’t clear enough to execute. That discipline is uncomfortable. It’s also effective. Clarity is a leadership responsibility Clarity doesn’t come from more meetings. It comes from better thinking, done deliberately. For founders and CEOs, the shift is recognising that: growth changes how clarity must be created what worked at 10 people won’t work at 30 structure isn’t bureaucracy — it’s support When clarity returns, everything else gets easier. A practical next step This is exactly the thinking behind our invite-only working session, One Page Strategic Plan – Creating Clarity, held at Ashorne Hill on Thursday 5 March 2026. It’s a small, facilitated day for founders and CEOs who want space, structure, and an external lens to regain clarity as their business scales. No selling. No seminars. Just focused work. If you’ve been invited and want to understand whether it’s right for you, you can find the full overview here. --- ### What the 2025 UK Budget Means for Scaling Businesses: Full Guide for Founders and Leadership Teams > Full breakdown of the 2025 UK Budget for business owners. See EMI, EIS, VCT changes, regional funding and what it means for scaling your company in 2026. - Published: 2025-11-26 - Modified: 2025-11-26 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/uk-budget-2025-scaling-business-guide/ - Categories: Scaling Up The Chancellor’s 2025 Budget has landed and for UK business owners planning to grow, hire, raise investment or scale, the changes matter. Tax rises and frozen thresholds will grab the headlines, but beneath that is a clear strategic direction: The UK wants to become the best place to start, scale and stay. And it is restructuring incentives to support scale-ups, job creation and long-term business growth. This guide breaks down what the Budget means for founders and leadership teams, and how to take advantage of the opportunity using Scaling Up principles, organisational structure, and disciplined leadership alignment. 1. Growth Forecasts + Economic Context (What It Means for Scaling) The Office for Budget Responsibility released its forecasts early, showing: GDP growth of 1. 5% in 2025 (revised upward) Slower growth projected from 2026–2030 Higher tax receipts expected due to frozen thresholds and increased rates The message: growth will be modest, but the environment will favour well-structured businesses companies with clarity, strong leadership teams, and proven operating systems (like Scaling Up). If you plan to scale, this isn’t the moment to “wait and see”. It’s the moment to get organised. 2. Tax Freezes and Increases: What Founders Need to Know Income tax & National Insurance thresholds frozen until 2030–31 This creates “fiscal drag”, pulling more people into higher tax bands. Expect wage pressures and compensation conversations. Dividend tax increases from April 2026 Basic rate: 8. 75% → 10. 75% Higher rate: 33. 75% → 35. 75% Property and savings income tax rises New property-specific rates from 2027: 22%, 42%, 47% Savings tax rises by 2% across all bands Why this matters for scaling Leadership and senior hires may place greater emphasis on share options, growth incentives and long-term value. This increases the relevance of EMI (see below). 3. Big Upgrade: Expansion of the Enterprise Management Incentive (EMI) The government will increase the eligibility limits for EMI, meaning: More businesses can offer tax-advantaged share options More leadership teams can be aligned around ownership More SMEs outside of traditional tech now qualify For scaling companies, EMI is one of the most powerful tools available to recruit and retain high-impact people without draining cashflow. → This pairs directly with Scaling Up’s “People Decisions”: right people, right seats, full alignment. See more here. 4. Major Boost to Investment: EIS & VCT Expansion The biggest structural change for high-growth businesses: EIS & VCT company investment limits increased Up to £10m, or £20m for Knowledge Intensive Companies Lifetime limits increase to £24m, or £40m for KICs VCT income tax relief decreases to 20% But the raise in limits offsets the change. What this means for founders If you are planning to scale through investment — team expansion, systems, acquisitions, new markets — this is a favourable environment. Investors have clarity. Founders have larger ceilings. The UK wants to keep scale-ups here. Book a 20-min Scaling Strategy Call 5. British Business Bank: £25. 6bn in Capacity, £5bn for Scale-Ups The British Business Bank’s new five-year plan includes: £25. 6bn lending and investment capacity £5bn specifically for growth-stage and scale-up companies This gives UK businesses more access to long-term, patient capital. Book a 20-min Scaling Strategy Call 6. Region-Specific Growth Support (£13bn) Funding will be allocated to: Greater Manchester West Midlands West Yorkshire South Yorkshire Liverpool City Region North East Greater London authorities These areas will see significant boosts to skills, business support and infrastructure — a strong signal for regionally rooted scale-ups. 7. Support for Apprenticeships and Youth Employment Apprenticeship training for under-25s becomes free for small businesses. Perfect for companies scaling their talent pipeline while protecting cashflow. 8. Business Rates Reform Winners: Retail, Hospitality & Leisure Permanently lower rates for 750,000+ properties Lowest rate since 1990–91 for small RHL Transitional Relief for large ratepayers Extended “Supporting Small Business” scheme Losers: High-value properties Properties > £500k see higher rates Scaling businesses with physical locations should model this early. 9. Compliance, Enforcement and Tax Gap Measures £25m to expand Insolvency Service enforcement More powers to disqualify rogue directors 350 new HMRC criminal investigators Aimed at closing the small-business tax gap (60% of total) While aimed at non-compliance, legitimate scale-ups must stay cleanly structured. This reinforces the need for: → Clear governance→ Board facilitation→ Defined accountabilities (FACe chart) 10. Other Measures Relevant to Growing Companies Fuel duty freeze until 2026; rises resume 2027 Customs duty exemption on items under £135 removed from 2029 EV mileage-based tax introduced 2028 Employee Ownership Trust CGT relief reduced from 100% to 50% Consultation on supporting... --- ### How to Make Your Business Scalable (Using the Scaling Up Framework) > Discover how to scale your business with the Scaling Up framework trust by over 80,000 businesses. - Published: 2025-11-18 - Modified: 2025-11-18 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-make-your-business-scalable-using-the-scaling-up-framework/ - Categories: Uncategorized - Tags: scaling up Most businesses grow by accident. Scalable businesses grow on purpose. If you’re a CEO, COO or founder trying to break past the next ceiling, the Scaling Up framework gives you a simple way to build a company that grows without burning out your leadership team. Here’s how to make your business scalable, using the four key decisions of Scaling Up: People, Strategy, Execution, and Cash. 1. When Scaling a business, Getting the Right People in the Right Seats is crucial. Scaling stops when you become the bottleneck. Your team structure is usually the first pressure point. What to focus on: Establish clear roles and accountability, there's nothing worse than a team of well paid adults point fingers at each other. Leaders who act like owners High standards and cultural alignment Removing confusion, duplication, and politics One practical tool here is the Function Accountability Chart (FACe). It shows exactly who owns and is accountable for driving the most important functions of the business. Coaching 360 have a free downloadable template in our free business tools online library. You should also define: Your Core Values Your Purpose Your leadership behaviours This ensures your people scale with the business, not against it and when you grow you. 2. Scale Up by Building a Simple, Differentiated Strategy A scalable business doesn’t chase everything. It focuses. Scaling Up uses the 7 Strata of Strategy to help companies build a clear position in the market. Strategic elements you must define: Your “sandbox” – who you serve Your brand promise – why customers choose you Your guarantee – why they trust you Your one big thing – the differentiator you own A 3–5 year plan that your whole team understands This strategy becomes the anchor for every decision. If it doesn’t serve the strategy, it doesn’t get done. 3. Create Discipline in Execution The fastest way to scale is to reduce noise. Execution discipline is about doing fewer things better. It prevents teams drowning in tasks and lets you deliver consistently as you grow. What Scaling Up teaches: Daily and weekly meeting rhythms Quarterly priorities (“Rocks”) Clear KPIs and scoreboards Fast issue resolution A culture of accountability When execution is strong, the company becomes predictable. Predictability is what allows scale. 4. Strengthen Your Scaling Business's Cash Engine Growth burns cash. Scaling requires controlling it. Scaling Up focuses heavily on Cash Acceleration Strategies (CASh) to help you free up working capital and finance growth internally. Areas to tighten: Shorten your sales cycle Reduce operational waste Improve pricing strategy Stop discounting Increase gross margin Remove unprofitable products/services If cash is weak, scaling breaks the business. If cash is strong, scaling becomes safe. Learn how our business coaching programmes build stronger cash engines. 5. Build Systems That Let Go of the Founder Most founders scale the business to its pain point. Then the business scales them. Scalable companies build systems, processes, and repeatable playbooks that turn tribal knowledge into company knowledge. Look at: Onboarding systems Sales process Marketing workflows Training and development Customer fulfilment Reporting dashboards Your company should run the same way on a Tuesday afternoon as it does when you’re on holiday. 6. Use Data to Drive Decisions Scaling up means fewer gut decisions and more data-led decisions. You need: One simple dashboard A handful of critical numbers Real-time visibility into performance Weekly data reviews by the leadership team This transparency removes drama and speeds up the organisation. Explore working with Kevin Riley, Certified Scaling Up Coach and award-winning business growth specialist. 7. Commit to Leadership Development A business scales at the speed its leaders grow. If you want to build a company that reaches £5M, £10M, £20M+ you need a leadership team that can think ahead of the business, not behind it. Invest in: Leadership alignment sessions Executive coaching Conflict resolution frameworks Communication training Board-level facilitation This strengthens your organisation’s decision-making and reduces the load on the founder. Explore how Kevin Riley is chosen by scaling businesses for Leadership Alignment and Board Facilitation. The Real Reason Businesses Don’t Scale It’s rarely the market. It’s rarely the competition. It’s rarely the product. Businesses fail to scale because they lack structure, clarity, and discipline. Scaling Up gives you the blueprint. Coaching 360 brings the hands-on support to implement it. Want to Make Your Business Truly Scalable? If you’re a CEO, COO, or founder leading a business with real growth potential, Kevin Riley and the Coaching 360 team can guide you through a full implementation of the Scaling Up methodology.... --- ### Should You Announce Your B2B Event Is Sold Out? > Should you announce your business event is sold out? See data-backed insights on scarcity, attendance, and no-shows plus practical tips to turn “sold out” into your next marketing opportunity. - Published: 2025-11-18 - Modified: 2025-11-17 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/should-you-announce-your-b2b-event-is-sold-out/ - Categories: Uncategorized Announcing you're sold out: The B2B Event Dilemma That Can Either Cost or Earn You Future Sales You’ve worked hard to fill your event. Hours of outreach, follow-ups, content, and coffee and now the seats are gone. It’s a good problem to have... but it is a problem. Because at that point, every B2B organiser faces the same question: “Do we announce it’s sold out, or keep taking enquiries? ” The decision sounds small, but it shapes how your brand is perceived, what your next event looks like, and how many future clients you attract. Why In-Person Events Still Matter for B2B B2B buyers don’t just buy on logic — they buy on know, like and trust and nothing builds know, like and trust faster than face-to-face time. Research from the Content Marketing Institute (2023) shows that 77 % of B2B marketers rate in-person events as their most effective tactic for lead generation and relationship building. Harvard Business Review found that humans retain up to 13 times more information from live experiences than digital ones. For service-based businesses; consultants, agencies, accountants, and business coaches events aren’t a nice-to-have. They’re where credibility, chemistry, and conversion happen simultaneously. That’s why “sold out” can either boost your authority... or quietly choke your pipeline. The Case For Announcing your Event is “Sold Out” The psychology of scarcity is well-documented. When something becomes limited, we want it more. A meta-analysis of 131 marketing studies (ScienceDirect, 2022) found scarcity messaging significantly increases purchase intent and perceived value. When your audience sees “sold out,” they instantly register: “Other people see value in this, I should pay attention next time. ” Announcing it publicly also delivers tangible benefits: Social proof: Validates your offer. People trust what others commit to. Authority: Signals demand and exclusivity — you’re not chasing attendees; they’re chasing you. Momentum: Drives early interest for your next event. List growth: A waiting-list link converts “too late” interest into future leads. Think of it as a status signal. “Sold out” shows your business doesn’t just run events, it runs in-demand events. The Case Against Declaring “Sold Out” Too Soon The flip side is intent. Most B2B audiences aren’t impulsive. They browse, bookmark, and come back later. A “sold out” message might close the sale for one person and close the conversation for ten others. A 2024 SSRN Study on consumer psychology show scarcity only works when people already want what’s on offer. When they don’t yet understand the value, it creates frustration or distrust. So if someone’s only just discovered your event, “sold out” doesn’t create urgency, it creates apathy. They assume they’ve missed their chance, and your funnel goes cold. Ideally, You'd like your attendees to be progressing in your sales pipeline. If they've arrived to what they've been told is a full event and find it half empty. How much do you think they'll be able to Trust you before they Know or Like you? Event Attendance Rates Even if your event is “full on paper,” a percentage won’t show. Data from Gevme reveals that free events average 40–50 % no-shows, while paid events drop to about 10 %. Just Attend (2024) found nearly identical patterns: Free events → 55 % attendance Paid events → 87 % attendance Umbrex (2024) benchmarks attendance across formats: Conferences → 60 – 80 % turnout Workshops → 50 – 80 % Trade shows → 30 – 50 % This means a “sold out” room might still end up half empty, especially if attendance was free. That’s why other industries, like hotels, airlines and trainlines, routinely oversell. Airlines model no-show rates so accurately they can fill 103 % of capacity without chaos (Forbes, 2023). For business events, the logic applies: if you usually lose 20 % of attendees, why stop taking bookings at 100 %? A waiting list or standby system ensures every seat (and opportunity) stays full. The Smart Middle Ground The trick isn’t to pick a side, it’s to control the narrative. 1. Celebrate success, but leave a door open. “We’ve reached capacity for next week’s workshop — thank you! We’ve opened a short waiting list for late cancellations. ”You’ve announced success without ending the conversation. 2. Redirect momentum. If like us, your calendar includes other events like GrowthCLUB or the Free Business Masterclasses, give your audience the next step: “Couldn’t grab a seat? Registration opens soon for our next event, stay tuned. ” 3. Protect against no-shows. If you regularly see a 5–10 % drop-off, mirror the... --- ### Kevin Riley gains Membership to the ICF (International Coaching Federation) > Business Coach Kevin Riley is now a member of the International Coaching Federation. - Published: 2025-11-17 - Modified: 2025-11-17 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/kevin-riley-gains-membership-to-the-icf-international-coaching-federation/ - Categories: Uncategorized Award-winning business coach Kevin Riley has officially become a member of the International Coaching Federation (ICF) the world’s leading organisation dedicated to advancing the coaching profession. For business owners, this means extra peace of mind when choosing a business coach who’s not only experienced but also recognised by a respected global body. Let's talk about your business What the ICF Represents The International Coaching Federation (ICF) sets professional and ethical standards for coaches across the world. While business coaching remains an unregulated industry in the UK, ICF membership and the additional membership of the UK Chapter of the ICF is a voluntary commitment to professionalism and ongoing development. In simple terms, it shows that Kevin takes his craft seriously. Members must demonstrate extensive experience, training, and a continued commitment to ethical practice and high-quality outcomes. Kevin’s acceptance into the ICF recognises the hundreds of hours of hands-on coaching, mentoring, and training he’s delivered to business owners across the UK and internationally. Why This Matters for Business Owners Choosing a business coach can feel risky. There’s no governing body for business coaching, and the quality of coaches varies widely. That’s why credentials, experience, and verified results matter. As well as Kevin's Awards, Client Testimonials and Scaling Up Certification, Kevin’s ICF membership provides reassurance that you’re working with someone who: Operates under a recognised code of ethics Has completed extensive coach training and professional development Brings years of real-world business experience alongside coaching expertise Is dedicated to continual improvement and measurable client results Kevin Riley's Proven Experience as a Business Coach Before coaching, Kevin founded and scaled a travel business to over £20 million in turnover. That first-hand experience of growth, leadership, and challenge is what underpins his practical approach to guiding business owners through challenges of sales, scaling and and structure today. Through ActionCOACH Warwick and Coaching 360, Kevin enables business owners and leadership teams to grow sustainably, using proven frameworks such as: Scaling Up — structure, discipline, and accountability for scaling companies SMUTTIE Goals — Kevin’s own goal-setting framework blending mindset, measurable action and goals that more impactful and more likely to be hit that SMART Goals DISC Personality Profiling — helping leaders understand themselves and their teams Leadership Alignment and Board Facilitation — bringing clarity and focus to leadership teams 1-to-1 Business Coaching — ROI-backed programmes guaranteeing measurable results This combination of real-world experience, proven systems, and professional coaching discipline is what makes Kevin one of the most trusted business coaches in the UK. Professional Standards in Business Coaching Because the business coaching industry is unregulated, anyone can call themselves a coach. But not everyone invests the time and training to become part of a recognised professional body. That’s why ICF membership is significant, it signals to clients that Kevin’s coaching meets global professional standards. For business owners, it’s a simple message: you’re in safe hands. About Kevin Riley Kevin Riley is an award-winning Business Growth Specialist, Scaling Up Coach, and Keynote Speaker based in the United Kingdom. He enables founders, CEOs, and leadership teams across the West Midlands and Wider United Kingdom to build scalable, structured, and profitable businesses. With a reputation for direct, practical coaching and a “return-on-investment-backed guarantee,” Kevin helps clients grow with clarity and reach their ideal lives. Ready to experience coaching backed by real experience and recognised standards? --- ### Plan 2026 Like a Champion | GrowthCLUB with Paralympic Gold Medallist Danny Crates > Visit GrowthCLUB on 10th December at Ashorne Hill, Warwickshire. Build your 90-day business plan and learn from Paralympic Gold Medallist and performance coach Danny Crates. - Published: 2025-10-26 - Modified: 2025-11-20 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/growthclub-december-2025-danny-crates/ - Categories: Uncategorized Plan 2026 Like a Champion GrowthCLUB returns on Wednesday 10th December 2025 at Ashorne Hill Conference Centre and this quarter, we’re finishing the year with a true champion. We’re thrilled to announce Danny Crates, Paralympic Gold Medallist, World and European Champion, and one of the UK’s most inspiring speakers, as our December keynote. Danny’s story is one of relentless focus and resilience. After losing his right arm in a car accident at 21, he refused to let adversity define him. Within six months, he was back playing competitive rugby and soon after, he was standing on the Paralympic podium with gold around his neck. Today, Danny brings that same mindset to business. As an executive coach and motivational speaker, he’s helped some of the world’s biggest brands unlock elite performance in leadership, teamwork, and mindset. What to Expect at GrowthCLUB GrowthCLUB isn’t another motivational seminar — it’s a working day for business owners. Across the day, you’ll: Build your 90-day business plan for Q1 2026 Learn practical tools for focus, resilience, and execution Gain clarity on what will drive your business forward next year Network with Warwickshire business owners and senior leaders Leave with accountability, confidence, and direction Hosted by Kevin Riley and the ActionCOACH Warwick team, GrowthCLUB blends inspiration with action — enabling you to take control of your results and start the new year ahead of the curve. Why Danny Crates? Danny’s keynote, “From Adversity to Gold: Unlocking Elite Performance in Business, Leadership & Life”, will challenge how you think about success. His lessons on preparation, mindset, and execution are universal — whether you’re running a £1m business or leading a growing team. “It’s not the setback that defines you. It’s the comeback. ” — Danny Crates Event Details Date: Wednesday 10th December 2025 Location: Ashorne Hill Conference Centre, Leamington Spa, Warwickshire Time: 9:00am – 4:30pm Price: £199 + VAT per person Book Your Seat Buy Tickets on Eventbrite Buy Tickets var exampleCallback = function { console. log('Order complete! '); }; window. EBWidgets. createWidget({ widgetType: 'checkout', eventId: '1465601195629', modal: true, modalTriggerElementId: 'eventbrite-widget-modal-trigger-1465601195629', onOrderComplete: exampleCallback }); Who Should Attend? GrowthCLUB is designed for: Business owners and directors who want clarity and structure Senior leaders ready to build a results-driven 2026 strategy Entrepreneurs looking to recharge, refocus, and grow sustainably If you’re serious about making 2026 your strongest year yet — this is where it starts. About ActionCOACH Warwick Based in the heart of Warwickshire, ActionCOACH Warwick enables business owners to scale with clarity, focus, and accountability. Led by award-winning Business Growth Specialist Kevin Riley, the team has coached hundreds of local businesses to achieve stronger results, happier teams, and a better work-life balance. Join us this December. Plan 2026 like a Champion. Reserve your place at GrowthCLUB --- ### One-Page Strategic Plan Template (Free Download) - Published: 2025-10-19 - Modified: 2025-10-19 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/one-page-strategic-plan-template-free-download/ - Categories: Scaling Up One-Page Strategic Plan Template (Free) Create alignment in under an hour. This editable template for the One Page Strategic Plan helps you set a clear destination, pick the few priorities that matter, and assign ownership your team can trust. Get the template What’s inside Editable one-page canvas (PDF + Google/Excel version if you offer it) Prompts for Purpose, BHAG, brand promises, and capabilities Annual goals and KPI guidance Quarterly rocks and accountability section Theme and scoreboard sketch area SWT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Trends) prompts How to use it in 30 minutes Print it big or open the digital file. Write draft answers fast. Aim for clarity, not perfection. Pick 3–5 annual goals and 3–5 quarterly rocks. Assign owners and a review rhythm. Share it with the whole team. Want a facilitator to get this done in a day? Best practice tips Less is more. If everything is a priority, nothing is. Use a visible scoreboard for your theme. Review weekly. Adjust monthly. Reset quarterly. Cascade simple team pages that align to the company OPSP. Pair with Leadership Alignment for faster buy-in Who it’s for CEOs, founders, MDs, and leadership teams Companies between 10 and 250+ people Teams that want focus without bureaucracy FAQs: OPSP Template Is the template really free? Yes. No catch. We want more teams working from a clear plan. Do I need the Scaling Up book to use this? Helpful, not essential. If you want depth, we recommend it. If you want speed, book a facilitated session. How often should I change it? Update quarterly. Keep the annual goals stable unless the world changes. What formats do you provide? PDF for print. Ask us if you’d like a Google Sheet or Excel version. Can you sanity-check our draft? Yes. Share your draft and we’ll arrange a review with Kevin Riley, Related resources Scaling Up: Strategic Facilitation Leadership Alignment for Boards and SLTs Meet Kevin Riley, Certified Scaling Up Coach DISC Personality Profiling for Teams window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-scaling-up? hide_event_type_details=1', text: 'Book a discovery call', color: '#002556', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } --- ### Plateau to Breakthrough: 7 Levers Business Coaches Use to Unlock Growth > Is your business stuck? Discover the 7 proven levers top business coaches use to break through plateaus, boost profits, and reignite growth. Learn how Coaching 360 applies them in real life. - Published: 2025-10-16 - Modified: 2025-10-14 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/plateau-to-breakthrough-7-levers-business-coaches-use-to-unlock-growth/ - Categories: ActionCOACH, Scaling Up Every business hits a ceiling at some point. Revenue stalls. The team feels stretched. You might be busier than ever but progress feels slower. That’s a plateau. It’s not about effort. It’s about focus, systems, and alignment. A business coach doesn’t tell you to “work harder”, they enable you to pull the right levers in the right order. At Coaching 360, we work with business owners across the United Kingdom from right here in the West Midlands. We deliver our best results working with Founders, CEOs and Managing Directors who are ready to break through that ceiling and scale sustainably. Here are the seven business coaching strategies that make it happen. 1. Business Coaching Begins With Clarity of Direction When growth slows, so does clarity. Teams pull in different directions, priorities blur, and it feels like no one’s steering the ship. A business coach cuts through that noise. Together, you reset your North Star; the vision, goals, and measurable outcomes that matter most. We enable leaders to reconnect their team’s daily actions with long-term purpose, turning drift into direction. Why does clarity matter in business coaching? Because alignment creates momentum. When everyone knows where the business is heading, execution follows naturally. 2. How 90-Day Planning Helps Businesses Stay Focused Most business owners already know what needs to be done — the challenge is consistent execution. Quarterly planning frameworks, like our 90-Day GrowthCLUB, create rhythm and accountability. Every 12 weeks becomes a focused sprint: achievable goals, measurable results, and space to reflect before the next push. Short cycles keep energy high and prevent the drift that kills progress. 3. Improve Profitability Through Financial Visibility You can’t grow what you can’t see. Many businesses chase revenue but ignore cash flow, margins, or waste. A coach helps you read the story behind the numbers — spotting leaks, pricing gaps, and untapped profit. At Coaching 360, we enable clients to track the metrics that matter:profitability, productivity, and performance. Once you can see them clearly, growth becomes predictable. 4. Build Scalable Systems and Processes for Growth Growth magnifies chaos if your systems can’t handle it. Manual processes, key-person dependency, and “tribal knowledge” throttle expansion. This strategy is about designing and documenting how the business runs — so it can run without you. We call them Freedom Systems: the habits, tools, and automation that create consistency and protect time. 5. Create Team Alignment and Accountability With Business Coaching Most businesses don’t have “people problems”; they have clarity problems. A business coach acts as a neutral facilitator to define roles, align expectations, and build a culture of ownership. Using tools like DISC personality profiling, and by implementing tools like the Function Accountability Chart, we help teams understand purpose, accountability and communication styles turning friction into focus. When everyone knows who owns what and why it matters, accountability sticks. 6. Use Leadership Coaching to Strengthen Decision-Making Business growth stops where leadership growth stops. As companies scale, the founder’s role shifts — from doing to enabling. Leadership coaching develops that mindset shift: from operator to strategist. You’ll learn to ask better questions, make faster decisions, and trust your team. You don’t build a bigger business by doing more; you build it by thinking differently. 7. Review, Realign, Repeat – The Secret to Sustainable Growth Momentum fades without reflection. World-class companies review performance regularly, learn, and reset. Your coach becomes the mirror — holding you accountable and keeping your focus on what really moves the needle. That consistent review loop is what separates one-off wins from long-term sustainable growth. Ready to Break Through? Talk to a Certified Business Coach in Warwickshire Plateaus aren’t failure — they’re feedback. A Business coach like Kevin Riley shows you where systems, leadership, or clarity need upgrading before you achieve the next level. If you’re ready to reignite growth, free up your time, and scale with confidence, let’s talk. Book a free discovery call with Coaching 360 today and find out which coaching programme best fits your stage of growth. Book a discovery call to discuss business coaching What do business coaches actually do? A business coach provides structure, accountability, and an outside perspective. They help you identify bottlenecks, set goals, and build systems so your business scales efficiently — not just busily. When should I hire a business coach? When growth has slowed or you’re feeling stretched. The best time is before things break, not after. Most owners engage a coach once turnover passes £300k – £500k and complexity starts to rise. What’s the... --- ### Choosing the Right Business Coach for Your Growth Stage (and How to Avoid Costly Mistakes) > Learn how to choose a business coach that fits your goals, growth stage, and leadership style. Discover what to look for, red flags to avoid, and how Coaching 360 enables real, measurable results. - Published: 2025-10-14 - Modified: 2025-10-14 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/choosing-the-right-business-coach-for-your-growth-stage-and-how-to-avoid-costly-mistakes/ - Categories: ActionCOACH, Scaling Up window. onload = function { Calendly. initBadgeWidget({ url: 'https://calendly. com/sueford1/discovery-call-with-sue-c360? hide_gdpr_banner=1', text: 'Book a Call', color: '#02275f', textColor: '#ffffff', branding: false }); } Hiring a business coach can be a game-changer or a complete waste of money. The difference lies in savvy choice and ultimately, fit. A great coach doesn’t just motivate you; they bring systems, perspective, and accountability that enable real growth. But with over half million self described and unregulated “coaches” out there, how do you know who’s right for you and how to avoid the wrong one? At Coaching 360, we speak daily with business owners who’ve outgrown their current stage and are ready for more structure, focus, and profit. Here’s how to find a business coach that can take you there. 1. Match the Coach to Your Stage of Growth Not all coaching is created equal. Start by identifying where your business really is right now. Startup / Early growth: You’ll want a coach who helps build foundations — systems, processes, clarity of offer, and time management. Scaling / Established: Look for someone experienced in team leadership, delegation, KPIs, and accountability structures. A Scaling Up Certified Business Coach is a perfect choice here. Mature / Plateaued: You need a strategic facilitator who can realign your board or leadership team and reignite growth. Pro Tip: Ask, “What kind of businesses have you coached recently? ”Their answer should sound like your story but don't be disheartened if there's not direct industry experience. 2. Check Real-World Experience, Not Just Certifications Anyone can print a certificate or attend an online course. Few have built and scaled real businesses. The best business coaches have walked the path and they’ve felt the sleepless nights, the cashflow squeezes, the leadership dilemmas. They can spot problems before you do because they’ve been there. At Coaching 360, our coaches are seasoned business owners themselves. Kevin Riley, for example, grew a travel company to £20 million turnover, Co-Founded a succesful Virtual Assistant Services Provider and has grown Coaching 360 to be one of the most successful business coaching firms in the UK. Look for a coach with both scar tissue and success stories. They’ll guide you from hard-won experience, not theory. 3. Understand Their Framework or Methodology If a coach can’t explain how they coach, run. Effective coaching isn’t random, it's not a vibe and it follows a structure. Ask what frameworks they use and how progress is measured. At Coaching 360, we use proven systems like ActionCOACH, Scaling Up, DISC, and Wealth Dynamics to bring clarity, alignment, and accountability across every part of your business. In addition to our experience, interpretation of the latest business trends and applied ongoing learning, these frameworks ensure each session moves you closer to tangible results. 4. Prioritise Chemistry and Challenge Chemistry matters. You’ll spend months, and sometimes years working closely with your coach. You need someone who listens deeply, challenges your assumptions, and asks the uncomfortable questions others avoid. If the first conversation feels like a sales pitch, not a partnership, that’s your red flag. Good coaching isn’t always comfortable. The right coach will enable you to see blind spots and call you out when needed, not sugar-coat the truth to prevent you from pulling your retainer. 5. Look for Measurable ROI, Not Motivation Motivation fades. Systems last. A credible coach will track progress through clear KPIs: revenue, profit, team performance, time regained — and hold you accountable to results. Ask them how they measure success. If they can’t show a framework for ROI, be cautious. At Coaching 360, our programmes are built on measurable outcomes. Whether it’s increasing profit margins, freeing up 10 hours a week, or aligning your senior team, progress is always tracked and we also offer a return-on-investment guarantee. 6. Beware of Common Red Flags Overpromising “overnight results” Vague or unstructured sessions No client references or case studies Too much focus on theory, not execution No accountability for outcomes A good coach doesn’t tell you what you want to hear, they enable you with the clarity of how to execute what you need to do next. 7. Questions to Ask Before You Commit to Business Coaching What size and type of businesses do you usually coach? How do you measure success? What frameworks or tools do you use? How do you hold clients accountable? Can you share examples of client results? The right business coach can change everything. That isn't just your business, but your quality of life. The right fit depends on your stage,... --- ### Why Does the UK Tax Year Start on 6 April? > Ever wondered, "Why does our tax year start on 6 April - not 1 January like most places?" Here's the quick answer, deep dive and Myth-Busting for the curious Business Owners - Published: 2025-09-26 - Modified: 2025-09-26 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-does-the-uk-tax-year-start-on-6-april/ - Categories: Uncategorized Deep Dive + Myth-Busting for the curious Business Owners & Accountants If you've ever paused and thought, "Why does our tax year start on 6 April - not 1 January like most places? " you're not alone. That odd date carries centuries of history, legal technicalities, and also misinterpretations. The simple answer is that the Government didn't want to lose 11 days worth of taxes. Let's trace the historical journey from Lady Day through calendar reforms, Unpack the legal and drafting intricacies that fixed the date, Investigate and debunk alternative theories (including those invoking India, harvest cycles, East India Company) Let’s begin. Going Medieval: The Starting Point of the financial year Starting in April: Lady Day (25 March) and Medieval Financial Practice Quarter Days, Rents, Contracts & New Year In medieval England and Wales, the calendar of obligations, rents, leases and accounts often revolved around quarter days, fixed dates each year when sums were due, leases renewed, contracts settled. The quarter days included: 25 March (Lady Day), 24 June (Midsummer), 29 September (Michaelmas), and 25 December (Christmas). Lady Day (25 March) was significant in multiple ways. Many financial and land-tenure arrangements used 25 March as their “year start” for rents, leases, etc. It was tied to the Christian calendar (the Feast of the Annunciation) and was considered one of the key “new year” or legal year points in older English custom. When historians study old tax statutes or land tax acts, they often refer to assessments “from” 25 March. So, for centuries, many administrative and fiscal cycles aligned with that 25 March “anchor. ” The Great Calendar Shift: From Julian to Gregorian Why Change? The Drift of the Julian Calendar The Julian calendar (introduced by Julius Caesar) was widely used for many centuries, but it drifted slightly relative to the solar / astronomical year to the tune of about 11½ minutes per year. Over centuries, that added up: by the 1500s, the calendar had drifted 10 days out of sync with solar / seasonal time. Pope Gregory XIII introduced the Gregorian calendar in 1582 to fix this drift (skipping certain leap years, removing days, realigning). Many European nations adopted it quickly; Britain (being Protestant and politically wary of a Papal reform) delayed. Britain Finally Conforms (1752) In 1752, Britain passed legislation (the Calendar (New Style) Act 1750) to switch to the Gregorian calendar. Part of this involved omitting 11 days in September: after 2 September came 14 September. That made up for the accumulated drift. However, that gave rise to a thorny question: if you simply “delete” 11 days, many tax, rent, and accounting cycles (which expected full years) would be disrupted. The Treasury and Parliament needed a workaround. Explore free resources for Business Owners The Fiscal Workaround: Preserving a “Full Year” & Shifting the Tax Year “No Tax Revenue Lost” — The Treasury’s Reaction To avoid “losing” tax revenue because of the missing 11 days, the government decided not to shorten the tax/financial year. Instead, they extended or shifted the relevant tax cycle so that the same amount of time would still be captured, effectively pushing the start of the cycle forward. Because the original tax year (in the “old style” Julian-based system) had been anchored to 25 March, the shift resulted in a new “start” date of 5 April under the new calendar. (Why 5 April? Because 25 March “plus 11 omitted days” corresponds to around 5 April. ) In short: tax assessments that used to run from 25 March (old system) were reinterpreted, under the calendar shift, to begin 5 April (new style). Leap Year Adjustments and the Move to 6 April The story doesn’t end on 5 April. Because of the way the Gregorian calendar handles leap years (skipping some century leap years unless divisible by 400), an additional adjustment was made in 1800 (a year that would have been a leap year under Julian rules but was not under Gregorian). The Treasury pushed the cycle by one more day so that the “tax year start” moved from 5 April to 6 April. Some detailed sources note that in 1900 the Treasury abandoned one tricky tweak, but by that time 6 April was sufficiently entrenched. One key technical point: old statutes used the word “from” (as in “tax year from 25 March”), which by a legal interpretation rule of the time meant “starting the day after” — i. e. using “from 25 March” might legally start 26 March. That interpretive rule further nudged how dates shift... --- ### Leadership Alignment: How Facilitation Exposes Toxic Culture Behaviours like Mushroom Management > Leadership Alignment case study. See how Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 enabled clarity to resolve a toxic middle-management practice known as Mushroom Management. - Published: 2025-09-22 - Modified: 2025-09-22 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/leadership-alignment-how-facilitation-exposes-toxic-culture-behaviours-like-mushroom-management/ - Categories: Uncategorized Why Leadership Alignment is Critical for Boards and Executive Teams When leadership teams aren’t aligned, everyone feels it. Without alignment, boards drift into: Infighting between directors. Mixed messages filtering down to staff. Blame and politics instead of clarity and accountability. KPIs and strategies won’t save you if your leadership team is fractured. Alignment is the foundation of execution. When leaders share the same values, direction, and trust, culture strengthens. When they don’t, performance suffers - no matter how talented the individuals are. Here's Coaching 360's Kevin Riley on a real life anonymised case study of the challenges he faces when acting as a Board Facilitator and how he enabled the organisation to address them. Book a discovery call Real Case Study: Board Facilitation to Resolve Conflict A board of three directors approached Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 because the atmosphere in their business had become toxic. On paper, results still looked fine. But beneath the surface: Staff were unhappy and disengaged. Directors were clashing, with rumours spreading. Trust between leadership and teams was collapsing. At the centre of it was one individual in middle management. To some, they looked like a high performer. To others, they were undermining trust and values. It was classic mushroom management: feeding one group information, cutting off another, and using the chaos to elevate themselves. The board needed clarity. And they needed it fast. How the Red Chair Facilitation Method Works To break the deadlock, we used a process called the Red Chair. Here’s how it works: One person sits in the chair. Their peers take turns to share, openly: What they add to the team. What they detract. The leader always goes first. There’s no hiding. It’s raw. It’s uncomfortable. But it strips away the politics and surfaces the truth. Within minutes, the picture was clear. The person being protected by some and distrusted by others was the root of the toxicity. What had been whispered in corridors was now out in the open. Speak to Coaching 360 about Leadership Alignment Outcomes of Leadership Alignment Facilitation Once the truth was exposed, the board could act. The toxic behaviour stopped being defended. The individual left the business. Alignment returned across the board. The culture lifted almost overnight. With trust restored at leadership level, the wider business flourished. Staff re-engaged. The fighting stopped. Performance improved. The turning point wasn’t a strategy document. It was a facilitated conversation that cut through politics and re-established alignment. Why Boards and Leadership Teams Need Independent Facilitation Leaders rarely see these issues clearly when they’re inside the system. By the time the cracks are visible, the damage is already spreading. That’s why getting an expert specialist like Kevin Riley to enable board facilitation and leadership alignment sessions are so valuable: They provide a neutral space where honesty is possible. They surface hidden issues and behaviours. They create alignment on values, not just strategy. They rebuild trust so the leadership team can lead with confidence. Facilitation isn’t about smoothing things over or making people feel better. It’s about creating clarity, alignment, and accountability at the very top. Leadership Facilitation Discovery Call How to Fix a Toxic Leadership Culture When leadership culture turns toxic, it’s tempting to focus on surface fixes: new KPIs, reshuffled roles, tighter reporting. None of those work if the root issue is values misalignment. Here’s where to start: Check for alignment at board level. Are the leaders living the same values, or working against each other? Create space for honesty. Without structured facilitation, politics and fear silence the truth. Expose toxic behaviours. Not to shame, but to make clear what’s being added — and what’s being detracted. Act decisively. Once misalignment is visible, leadership teams must take responsibility and address it. Toxic culture thrives in the dark. Shine a light on it, and you give your organisation the chance to reset. Key Takeaway: Values Drive Alignment, Not Metrics Boards don’t break because of strategy. They break because of values. Mushroom management is a symptom of misaligned leadership. Facilitation is the tool that exposes it and gives boards the clarity to act. If your leadership team feels fractured, don’t just chase performance numbers. Start with alignment and values. That’s where sustainable leadership begins. What is Mushroom Management in Business? Mushroom management is the kind of leadership no board wants to admit exists in their organisation. It’s when people are: Kept in the dark. Fed misinformation, gossip, or half-truths. Left to make sense of confusion while someone else makes themselves look... --- ### 5 Signs You Have Accountability Gaps in Your Business > Learn how to identify accountability gaps in your team and fix them with a simple structure. Discover the 5 signs to look for — and how to respond. - Published: 2025-08-01 - Modified: 2025-07-31 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/accountability-gaps/ - Categories: Uncategorized Accountability gaps are one of the most common — and costly — issues in growing businesses. When no one owns the outcome, everyone feels the pain. As your business grows, the need for clarity around roles becomes non-negotiable. At Coaching 360, we help scaling companies build leadership structures that work — and one of the most common issues we fix is accountability gaps. These are areas of the business where: No one is truly accountable Multiple people think they own the same thing Critical functions are simply missing In this guide, we’ll show you how to spot accountability gaps before they stall your growth — and what you can do to close them. What Is an Accountability Gap? An accountability gap is a blind spot where no one in the business is fully accountable for a critical function, outcome, or process. The work might be happening, but there's no clear owner. It’s the difference between someone doing the thing and someone owning the result. When you don’t have true accountability: Projects get delayed or dropped Goals are missed or misunderstood Leadership meetings go in circles Founders get dragged into every decision This is where the Functional Accountability Chart (FACe) comes in. 5 Signs You’re Missing a Key Business Function Here are the most common signals we see in scaling teams: 1. You’re Constantly Firefighting If your leadership team is always in reactive mode, chances are some functions don’t have clear ownership. 2. No One Owns ‘People’ Hiring, onboarding, culture, retention — who owns this? If “HR” is an afterthought, that’s a structural issue. 3. Marketing Is a Collective Guess You’re producing content, posting on LinkedIn, maybe running ads — but who’s accountable for ROI? 4. Customer Success Is Everyone’s Problem When clients churn or complain, does it bounce between delivery, sales and support? That’s a red flag. 5. You Don’t Have a Chart That Shows Ownership If your org chart is based on job titles instead of business functions and outcomes, you’re likely flying blind. How to Fix Accountability Gaps Step 1: Map Core Business Functions Start with a list like: Sales Marketing Operations / Fulfilment Finance People / HR IT / Systems Customer Success Strategy / CEO Step 2: Build Your Functional Accountability Chart Assign one accountable person per function. No committees. Use our free FACe template to get started. Scaling Up's Function Accountability Chart (FACe). Digital Download available below. Step 3: Define Responsibilities and KPIs Get specific. What does “owning Marketing” mean? Leads? Conversion rate? Campaign ROI? Step 4: Review Quarterly As you scale, roles evolve. Update your chart to reflect the business you’re becoming. Leadership Team Coaching Final Thought: Gaps Don’t Fix Themselves If you’ve been feeling like your team is overworked but under-aligned — there’s probably an accountability gap underneath it. Decisions around People is one of the Four Big Decisions that a Scaling Business Owner needs to make. Structure isn’t restrictive. It’s liberating. The right chart gives your team permission to own outcomes without stepping on each other’s toes. Want help mapping your accountability structure? Talk to Coaching 360 FAQ: Spotting Accountability Gaps What’s the difference between a job description and a function? Job descriptions focus on tasks. Business functions focus on outcomes. One person may do many tasks, but functions need clear owners. How do I know if we have a gap? If you keep having repeat issues in a certain area — but no one takes ownership — that’s a gap. Another sign: leadership arguments over “who owns what. ” What’s the solution? Use a Function Accountability Chart to map ownership. It’s simple but powerful. Download our free guide to start. What if we’re a small team? Even in a 3–5 person business, structure matters. You may wear multiple hats — but each hat still needs to be clearly labelled. --- ### Function Accountability Chart: 6 Steps to Structure and Scale > Scaling Up's Function Accountability Chart (FACe) helps growing teams define ownership, reduce confusion, and scale faster. Download a free template for your business from Coaching 360. - Published: 2025-07-31 - Modified: 2025-07-31 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/function-accountability-chart/ - Categories: C360 Academy, Scaling Up Define ownership. Align your leadership team. Scale with confidence. Most scaling businesses are doing too much, too messily, with too many people stepping on each other’s toes. That’s not leadership, it’s survival. At Coaching 360, we work with ambitious businesses from £1M to £50M+ turnover, large teams who are ready to scale but finding that complexity is slowing them down. One of the tools we use to fix that is the Scaling Up Framework's Function Accountability Chart, or FACe. Scaling Up's Function Accountability Chart (FACe). Digital Download available below. The Importance of a Function Accountability Chart in Business Scalability This isn’t a pretty org chart. It’s your company’s GPS. When used properly, it brings structure, speed, and sanity to your leadership team and is a vital step when following the Scaling Up Framework. What Is a Function Accountability Chart (FACe)? A FACe chart maps the core business functions: Sales, Operations, Marketing, Finance, People, and more—and clearly identifies one person who is accountable for each. This is about outcomes, not job titles. If more than one person is accountable, then no one is. Function Accountable Person Responsibilities Summary Sales Head of Sales Revenue, pipeline, conversions Operations COO Fulfilment, delivery, efficiency Finance CFO Cashflow, reporting, forecasting Marketing CMO Lead gen, brand, positioning Why Every Scaling Business Needs a Team Accountability Structure As your business grows, so does complexity. Reporting lines blur. Decision-making slows down. And the leadership team starts spinning its wheels on problems that shouldn't exist. You may have heard: “I thought they were doing that... ” “Who’s actually responsible for this? ” “We’ve got six people in charge of marketing. ” FACe solves that. It gives your team a shared language around ownership and enables you to: Accelerate decision-making Reduce duplication and confusion Surface overloaded roles and accountability gaps Create clear, fair ownership of outcomes One of our clients, operating in three countries, struggled with conflicting regional leadership. Using the FACe framework, we redefined responsibilities across markets, clarified escalation paths, and linked each department to specific KPIs. The CEO stepped out of day-to-day firefighting, and the senior team began driving strategic growth. The Cost of Not Having an Accountability Chart in Your Business This is where things unravel. Without a clearly defined accountability structure, most growing businesses experience: Leadership tension: Senior leaders clash over unclear responsibilities. Slow or missed execution: Tasks bounce between departments or stall entirely. Founder bottlenecks: The CEO ends up being the go-to for everything. Demotivated teams: People feel frustrated when they're blamed for things they don’t own—or unsure what’s actually theirs. The absence of a FACe leads to friction, inefficiency, and under-performance—not because of bad people, but because of unclear structure. This is why we don’t just give you the chart—we facilitate the process. We work with leadership teams to clarify roles, get buy-in, and align around execution. Strategic Facilitation Services Step-by-Step Guide to Building Your FACe Chart We walk our clients through a proven six-step process as part of our Scaling Up Coaching Services: 1. Define Your Core Functions Sales, Ops, Finance, People, Marketing, Customer Success, IT, etc. Structure should reflect what the business needs, not just who’s on the team. 2. Assign One Accountable Person Per Function One name. No committees. No dual ownership. Clarity starts here. 3. Clarify What Success Looks Like For each function: Define responsibilities Assign measurable KPIs Clarify key decisions they control Note dependencies with other functions 4. Map the Reporting Structure Everyone should know who they report to. Keep span of control between 5–7 direct reports for simplicity. 5. Eliminate Overlap & Gaps Look for: Two people trying to own the same result Critical areas with no clear ownership Founders wearing too many hats 6. Get Leadership Buy-In FACe works when the whole team commits. We facilitate Leadership Team Alignment Workshops to ensure buy-in and ownership. How to Keep Your FACe Chart Updated and Effective FACe is a working tool—not a set-and-forget document. To keep it alive: Review and update quarterly Integrate it into performance reviews Use it in strategic leadership meetings Make it visible across the team FACe works alongside your other frameworks: Scaling Up Coaching Rockefeller Habits EOS One Page Strategic Plan (OPSP) One Page Personal Plan (OPPP) Free Download: Your FACe Template Pack We’ve created a complete resource pack to help your team implement FACe: Editable FACe Spreadsheet Role Clarity Framework KPI & Dependency Mapping Template Step-by-Step Implementation Guide Download the FACe Pack → Perfect for leadership teams ready to align and accelerate. FACe Chart FAQ:... --- ### Finding the Right Business Coach for You - and Why It Matters > Choosing a business coach isn’t just a smart move - it’s a strategic one. But only if you find the right one. Discover how we make finding a coach easier - Published: 2025-07-23 - Modified: 2025-09-30 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-find-the-right-business-coach-for-you/ - Categories: ActionCOACH, Scaling Up Choosing a Business Coach? Our Matching Process Gets You the Perfect Fit Choosing a business coach isn’t just a smart move - it’s a strategic one. But only if you find the right one. At Coaching 360, we know from experience: the fit between coach and business owner makes or breaks the results. That’s why we don’t match you based on availability or postcode. We match you based on your challenges, your leadership style, and the outcomes you actually care about—whether that’s gaining back control of your time, building a stronger team, or getting your business finances working for you (not the other way around). If you’re searching how to find a business coach or wondering what to look for in a business coach, you’re in the right place. This guide explains exactly how we do it - and why the right match changes everything. Most Business Owners Come to Us for One of Three Reasons: Time You’re firefighting day to day. There’s no breathing room to plan, no time to think - and the business can’t run without you. Every small issue still lands on your desk, and deep down you know: if you stopped, everything else would too. Team You’ve got people, but not always the right ones - or they’re not fully performing. Maybe there’s tension, unclear roles, or a lack of drive. You’re frustrated trying to hold it all together and lead at the same time. Money The numbers aren’t adding up. Maybe you’re generating decent revenue but not enough profit. Or cash flow is tight, and growth feels risky. You’ve worked hard to build the business, but you’re not seeing the financial freedom you expected. Our Business Coach Matching Process Tailored to You. Built for Breakthroughs. We don’t believe in one-size-fits-all business coaching. Instead, we use a structured, personalised process to make sure you’re paired with a business coach who fits you and your goals. We work with clients to utilise proven frameworks such as Scaling Up and ActionCOACH Coaching. This is driven by expert understanding of your personality types using profiling tools such as Wealth Dynamics and DISC. Often though, Simply listening to your story is enough. Book a discovery call Step 1: Understand Your Business & Goals It starts with a conversation. We take the time to learn: What challenges you’re facing (Time? Team? Money? ) What success looks like to you - personally and professionally How you like to lead, make decisions, and communicate What kind of support and accountability will unlock your best results Step 2: Profile Your Leadership Style We use tools like DISC and Wealth Dynamics assessments, years of coaching insight and real-world business experience to understand your natural strengths, motivators, and working style. This allows us to pair you with a coach who challenges and complements - not clashes with - your mindset and pace. Step 3: Match You with the Right Coach We then introduce you to the coach best equipped to enable your next stage of growth. This could be: Kevin Riley, our founder and award-winning Business Growth Specialist Juliette Ryley, an extremely experienced Business Coach with vast experience in the trades and construction industry (No relation to Kevin). Or one of our experienced business coaches with proven success across leadership, sales, systems, strategy, and team development All our coaches have real business ownership experience, not just coaching certificates. Step 4: Adapt and Evolve Your business evolves - and so should your relationship with your business coach. We continuously review your progress and adjust the focus as needed. Whether you're shifting gears into scaling, building out your leadership team, or preparing for exit, we ensure you're getting exactly what you need at each stage. Not Just Coaching: We Facilitate Growth at the Board Level Too Many of our clients eventually bring in their wider leadership team. That’s where our Board & Leadership Facilitation work comes in. When there’s misalignment at the top, growth stalls. We offer professionally facilitated sessions that create: Clarity on vision, priorities, and scorecards Accountability across leadership roles Healthier conversations and stronger decision-making Unified action across departments Learn more about our Board & Leadership Facilitation services What to Look For in a Business Coach (And What We Deliver) What to Look For How Coaching 360 Delivers Real business experience Coaches who’ve built, scaled, and sold real companies Clear personality fit We match based on behavioural insight—not availability Tangible results Measurable goals, tracked progress, and full accountability Broader expertise Strategy, sales, team culture, leadership,... --- ### Kevin Riley Wins UK’s Best Business Coach Award > Kevin Riley named the UK’s Best Business Coach at the 2024 SBA Awards. Discover what makes him the go-to business coach for growth-focused business owners. - Published: 2025-06-30 - Modified: 2025-07-22 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/kevin-riley-wins-best-business-coach/ - Categories: ActionCOACH, Kevin - Tags: Kevin Riley Kevin Riley Wins Best Business Coach in the UK at the 2025 Small Business Awards Kevin Riley, a seasoned entrepreneur and leading business coach, was named the UK’s Best Business Coach by the Small Business Awards (SBA) in 2024. This national recognition places Kevin at the top of the coaching profession in the UK, honouring his work in enabling small and medium-sized business owners to scale with confidence, build strong teams, and regain control of their business growth. “This award isn’t about me. It’s about the results our clients achieve and the impact that ripples out from that,” said Kevin. What Makes Kevin Riley One of the Best Business Coaches in the UK? When business owners search for coaching, they want more than just motivation - they want results. Kevin delivers both with a guaranteed return on investment. Here’s what sets him apart: Real Business Experience – Kevin scaled his own company to over £20 million in revenue before pivoting into coaching after facing a major business loss. He coaches from experience, not theory. Client Results That Stick – Business owners working with Kevin consistently report higher profits, stronger teams, and a clear plan for sustainable growth. Award-Winning Frameworks – Kevin combines proven methodologies like Scaling Up and DISC profiling with original IP, such as his SMUTTIE Goals™ framework, to enable breakthrough performance. Trusted by Business Leaders – From SME founders to senior leadership teams, Kevin’s clients span industries including manufacturing, professional services, construction, and digital. About the UK Small Business Awards (SBA) The SBA UK Awards celebrate the most ambitious, impactful, and innovative businesses and service providers across the UK. The Best Business Coach category recognises coaches who: Deliver measurable results for their clients Show high levels of trust and client retention Are a Business coach with real business experience. Contribute to the wider business ecosystem through events, thought leadership, and mentoring Kevin was selected from hundreds of entrants by a panel of judges including former entrepreneurs, investors, and industry leaders. Why This Matters for Business Owners If you’re searching for a business coach who’s not just good, but nationally recognised as the best in the UK, Kevin Riley is the benchmark. Whether you: Feel stuck in the weeds of your business Struggle to scale your team and systems Need Coaching on Time Management Want to move from chaos to clarity Or need a coach who has lived through high-stakes business growth... Kevin is now proven at a national level to help you get real results. How to Work With Kevin Riley Kevin’s coaching services are available via: Coaching 360 – High-level 1-to-1 business coaching, strategic alignment sessions, and leadership team development ActionCOACH Warwick – Local SME coaching programmes including ActionCLUB, GrowthCLUB, and 1-to-1 Coaching Interested business owners can book a free consultation call or attend one of Kevin’s public strategy days held across Warwickshire and the West Midlands. Kevin Riley, Coaching 360's Senior Business Coach and Business Growth Specialist Next Steps Ready to see if Kevin’s coaching is the right fit for your business? Take this assessment to assess where your business is strong and where could be improved. Or book a strategy call to explore what’s possible. Follow Kevin on Social Media Linkedin, Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, TikTok What makes a business coach ‘the best’? A strong coach has real-world business experience, a track record of client success, and a reputation for delivering consistent, measurable results. Awards from independent judging panels can add further credibility. In 2024, Kevin Riley was awarded First Place National Winner for Best Business Coach by the UK Small Business Awards. Kevin Riley regularly appears in the Top 3, Top 5 and Top 10 Business Coaches in the United Kingdom for his work providing Business Coaching to Growth Stage Start Ups, Small to Medium Enterprises and Executive Coaching, Leadership Facilitation and Scaling Up Framework Coaching to larger enterprises. Is Kevin Riley available for public speaking or team workshops? Yes, Kevin regularly delivers keynote talks and team strategy days. Contact Coaching 360 to enquire about availability. Who is the best business coach in the UK? In 2024, Kevin Riley was awarded First Place National Winner for Best Business Coach by the UK Small Business Awards. --- ### Scaling Up? The 4 Clever and Critical Decisions Business Owners Need To Make > Discover the Four Decisions around People, Strategy, Execution and Cash to make when enabling sustainable growth with the Scaling Up Framework. Real examples and expert insights from award-winning coach Kevin Riley. - Published: 2025-06-04 - Modified: 2025-09-30 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/scaling-up-four-decisions/ - Categories: Scaling Up - Tags: cash, Execution, People, scaling up, strategy, top tips How Do You Scale a Business Without Losing Control? Scaling a business isn’t just a bigger version of running one. It needs a shift in how you lead, how your team operates, and how money flows through the company. It's often said it's harder to grow from £1 Million to £3 Million than it is to reach £1 Million from Zero. If you’re a business owner looking to scale your business, the Scaling Up framework is proven and trust tool used by Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 to enable the execution of ambitious growth plans. The four Decisions when Scaling a business At the core of the Scaling Up methodology used by thousands of high-growth companies worldwide - is Four Decisions that a scale-ready business owner needs to make around People, Strategy, Execution and Cash. The Four Decisions, Are also known as the 4 Ds and we discuss them every day at Coaching 360 with scale-ready businesses across the UK. In this blog, we’ll break down what those four decisions are, why they matter, what often goes wrong, and how to fix it - with clear examples and next steps. Book a call to explore Scaling Support What Are the Key Decisions You Need to Scale a Business? The Scaling Up framework identifies four critical areas in which decisions are made that determine whether growth is sustainable or chaotic: the Four Decisions in the Scaling Up Framework: People, Strategy, Execution and Cash. You can see it's cyclical, Success in One leads to Success in another. Issues in a particular area are usually caused in the one preceding. People – Having the right people, doing the right things Strategy – A clear, differentiated growth plan Execution – Turning plans into consistent, aligned action Cash – Generating and managing money to fund growth Let’s unpack each one. What Role Do People (Your Senior Leadership Team and Employees) Play When Scaling a Business? Are the right people in the right roles doing the right things? Scaling up isn’t a solo sport. The team that helped you survive your start-up stage might not be ready or even the team that gets you to £5M or £20M. You should ask as a business owner: Are we attracting and retaining the right people? Do we have strong managers or just long-serving staff? Is everyone clear on what “good” looks like in their role? Example:A client hit £3M turnover but kept losing operations staff. Why? No role clarity, no management structure. We enabled fixing that by working with the business owner to use regular scorecards and ownership accountability. Productivity soared. Next move:Use a Function Accountability Chart and a Team Health Check to get a clear view. How Does An Effective and Defined Business Strategy Impact Growth? Can your team explain what makes you different - without fluff? Most businesses aren’t short on ambition. They’re short on clarity. If your team can’t say who you serve, what makes you different, and how you win — they’ll default to price and reactiveness. Ask yourself: Who is our ideal customer — and what do they value most? What promise do we make that nobody else dares to? If I asked 5 people on my team for our strategy, would I get 5 answers? Real-world example:A scaling client had great sales but kept underpricing. They were chasing everything. We helped them strip it back to one core customer, one bold promise, one clean strategy — and watched margin grow. Next move:Use the One Page Strategic Plan. Or sit with a Scaling Up coach like Kevin Riley to pressure-test what’s working and what’s just noise. Book a discovery call What Does Strong Execution Look Like in a Scaling Business? Are priorities, accountability and focus built into your weekly rhythm? Execution is where good businesses get messy. Most teams are busy, not aligned. Ask: Are we focused on 3–5 clear quarterly priorities? Are we tracking critical numbers and key performance indicators every week? Are meetings actually solving issues or wasting time? Example:A manufacturer added £500K in profit in 6 months by implementing daily huddles and a KPI dashboard. No extra effort — just clearer focus. Next move:Implement the Rockefeller Habits Checklist. It’s a powerful structure of the habits of top performing businesses and it's used in our Board Facilitation and Scaling Up Coaching programmes. It's also a great resource to help a curious business owner assess their own organisation against a checklist. How Important Is Cash Management When Scaling a Business? Are you... --- ### Think Positive? Why Hope Isn’t a Risk Management Strategy > Discover effective business risk management strategies crucial for growth, beyond mere optimism. Ensure your business thrives. - Published: 2025-05-20 - Modified: 2025-07-21 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-hope-isnt-a-business-risk-management-strategy/ - Categories: Scaling Up, ActionCOACH, C360 Academy, Kevin - Tags: business growth, growth, scaling up, top tips Why Most Business Risk Management Fails — and What to Do Instead Two stick figures. A fire rages in front of them. One rubs his neck and says,“I thought we planned to prevent this? ” The other, holding the risk management plan, calmly replies,“It just says: think positively. ” It’s funny — until it’s not. Because this is exactly how many businesses handle risk: reactively, vaguely, and with far more hope than structure. What Happens When Business Risk Management Is Reactive? Understanding Business Risk Management When you wait until something breaks before you take action, you’re not managing risk — you’re managing damage. Reactive risk management shows up in small ways: Rushed decisions after a team member leaves Scrambling when supply chains falter Panic during a cyberattack, data breach or financial blip And in some cases, the cost is catastrophic. Case Study: Barings Bank (1995)Barings Bank collapsed after a single trader, Nick Leeson, lost £827 million through unauthorised trading. The cause? A lack of oversight, no proper separation of duties, and no effective system for surfacing hidden risk. There was no early warning system — only aftermath. Barings didn’t fail because of one person. It failed because of a broken system. I’ve seen this story play out personally, too. Kevin Riley, our founder and head business coach, built a £20 million travel company — and lost it due to employee fraud at senior level. It wasn’t about a lack of effort or care. It was about trusting a system that was never built to spot what was going wrong. Why Resilience Planning Needs Structure, Not Just Positive Thinking “Think positive” is not a resilience plan. It’s not enough to hope everything will be fine — even if you have great people and a strong culture. Resilience needs a designed response: a plan, a system, and an early warning mechanism. Positive thinking without structure is just avoidance dressed up in optimism. A true resilience plan includes: Clearly defined risks Documented response protocols Identified owners for each scenario Regular practice and review Otherwise, you’re not planning. You’re gambling. Which Business Systems Fail First — and Why? The systems that fail first are usually the ones no one owns. That includes: Processes built on workarounds Unspoken dependencies on single people Assumptions like “we’ll deal with it if it happens” When something goes wrong, it’s rarely random. It’s a reflection of design flaws you’ve either missed — or tolerated. Often, businesses build for performance, not durability. They scale quickly, but thinly. And when the pressure hits, the cracks show. How Your Business Results Reveal Your Underlying Systems Every result you’re getting — good or bad — is the output of a system. That system might be: Designed intentionally Left to evolve organically Or created by default through people and habits If you want better results, you don’t just need better effort. You need better systems. This applies directly to risk: Are issues surfaced before they become crises? Does your team know what to do if a key supplier disappears? Can you operate if one system goes down? If the answer is no — the system isn’t ready. How to Build Business Resilience Before a Crisis Hits Resilience is built before you need it. It’s the result of intentional design, not good luck. Here’s where to start: Map your risksList potential disruptions: financial, operational, people-based, tech, legal. Assign ownershipEvery risk should have someone responsible — and a plan for mitigation or response. Create a rhythmUse frameworks like the Rockefeller Habits to keep visibility high, responsibilities clear, and risk top of mind through weekly and quarterly check-ins. Build in early warning signsWhat metrics would show you something’s slipping? Visibility is prevention. Normalise discomfortMake it culturally acceptable to ask hard questions: “What if this fails? ” “What happens if they leave? ” “What breaks if sales double? ” Why We Use the Rockefeller Habits when Scaling Up One of the best ways to operationalise resilience planning is through rhythm and structure. At Coaching 360, we use the Rockefeller Habits — a proven framework for building resilient, scalable businesses. The Rockefeller Habits help business owners: Keep everyone aligned on the #1 priority Track the right KPIs consistently Build in weekly accountability and problem-solving Catch issues before they escalate Create clarity across leadership, operations, and execution This isn’t about bureaucracy. It’s about building visibility into your systems — so risk doesn’t stay hidden until it’s too late. The 10 Rockefeller Habits Why Trust Is the Real Outcome of Good... --- ### Managing Your Business Ahead of the UK Budget > Prepare your business for the upcoming UK budget changes with practical tips on managing uncertainty and focusing on what you can control. - Published: 2024-10-16 - Modified: 2024-10-16 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/managing-your-business-ahead-of-the-uk-budget/ - Categories: ActionCOACH Preparing for the Unknown - The Autumn 2024 UK Budget With the UK budget just around the corner ( Wednesday 30th October) and no clear details yet on what will be announced, many business owners are left wondering how best to prepare. While we may not have a crystal ball to predict the outcomes, there are strategies that can help you navigate potential changes with confidence. One key approach is to focus on what’s within your control—your Circle of Concern versus your Circle of Influence. The Circle of Concern vs. The Circle of Influence The Circle of Concern, a concept popularised by Stephen Covey in his book "The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People", refers to the things that worry us but are beyond our control. In this case, the UK budget changes are in our Circle of Concern—we don’t know what will be announced, and we can't influence those decisions. On the other hand, your Circle of Influence is what you can control—your business planning, your financial strategies, and how you choose to adapt once those changes are announced. Review and Strengthen Cash Flow Whatever happens in the new UK budget, having a strong grasp on your cash flow will help you manage the impact of any changes. This is something within your Circle of Influence. Take this time to review your current cash flow, identify potential risks, and consider whether now is the right time to create a buffer or streamline unnecessary expenses. Tax Efficiency Preperation While we can’t predict specific tax changes, we can anticipate that taxes may be impacted in some way. Prepare by reviewing your tax strategy now. Are there opportunities for more efficient tax planning? If you have an accountant, this is a great time to start discussions and get ahead of any potential changes. Scenario Planning Though the UK budget is out of your control, you can prepare for different scenarios. Conduct a 'what if' analysis—what if corporation tax goes up? What if business rates change? What if there’s more support for small businesses? Having several plans for different potential outcomes keeps you agile and ready to respond quickly when the budget is revealed. Consider Your Workforce With potential changes to employee benefits, taxes, or business support, think about how this might affect your workforce. Use this time to evaluate your employee structure—can you build more resilience into your staffing model? Are there areas where training or technology could improve efficiency? Communication with Stakeholders Another area you can control is how you manage communication with key stakeholders—employees, suppliers, and clients. Regardless of the UK budget, keeping them informed of your plans and approach builds trust and ensures you're all aligned. Stay Agile, Stay Informed Finally, while the UK budget itself may be beyond your control, your reaction to it is not. Once the details are out, act quickly but thoughtfully. Being proactive and informed is the best way to navigate uncertainty. Remember to focus on what you can control. As a business owner, you’ll always face uncertainty, whether it’s the upcoming UK budget or other external factors. The key to managing these challenges is focusing on what you can control, preparing for what’s within your Circle of Influence, and staying flexible for whatever the future may hold. By doing so, you can better manage the impact of any changes, and even find new opportunities in the months ahead. --- ### Streamlining Business Operations for Success > Start streamlining business operations, remove bottlenecks, and grow your business—without the drama? - Published: 2024-06-10 - Modified: 2025-07-30 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/streamlining-business-operations-for-success/ - Categories: Scaling Up - Tags: business scaling, processes, scaling, scalingup, streamline, systems Streamlining Business Operations to Drive Profitability — Without the Drama Are your business operations running smoothly, or are workflow bottlenecks, miscommunications, and inefficiencies quietly draining your profitability? Streamlining business operations isn’t just about doing things faster—it’s about doing them smarter. When every process is aligned, efficient, and drama-free, your business becomes more agile, scalable, and profitable. In this article, we’ll explore common operational pitfalls and share practical strategies you can use to optimise workflows and drive sustainable success. The Drama-Free Zone: Importance of Streamlining Business Operations Imagine your business as a well-oiled machine. For it to run efficiently and profitably, every component must work seamlessly together. When processes are bogged down by drama—inefficiencies, conflicts, or errors—it hampers productivity and profitability. Ensuring that your operations run smoothly is essential for achieving industry-leading profitability and positioning your business for growth. Identifying Process Inefficiencies Let's delve into some common areas where operational inefficiencies and drama might be lurking, and how addressing these can lead to smoother, more profitable operations: Workflow Bottlenecks Scenario: Tasks are frequently delayed due to bottlenecks in the workflow. Action: Conduct a thorough analysis of your workflows. Identify and eliminate bottlenecks by reallocating resources, automating repetitive tasks, and streamlining approval processes. Communication Breakdowns Scenario: Miscommunication leads to errors, rework, and frustration among team members. Action: Implement clear communication protocols. Utilise collaboration tools to ensure everyone is on the same page and encourage open, transparent communication. Resource Allocation Scenario: Resources are not optimally allocated, leading to overworked employees and underutilised assets. Action: Regularly review resource allocation. Ensure that workloads are balanced and resources are used efficiently to maximise productivity. Quality Control Issues Scenario: Inconsistent quality leads to customer dissatisfaction and increased costs due to returns and rework. Action: Establish rigorous quality control processes. Train employees on quality standards and continuously monitor and improve quality control measures. Financial Management Scenario: Lack of financial oversight leads to overspending and decreased profitability. Action: Implement robust financial management practices. Regularly review financial statements, track key performance indicators (KPIs), and enforce budget adherence. Strategies for Driving Profitability Once you've identified areas of drama and inefficiency, it's time to implement strategies to drive industry-leading profitability: Process Automation Automate repetitive and time-consuming tasks. Use technology to streamline operations and reduce the potential for human error. Lean Management Adopt lean management principles to minimize waste and maximize value. Focus on continuous improvement and value-added activities. Employee Training and Development Invest in employee training and development. Equip your team with the skills and knowledge they need to perform their tasks efficiently and effectively. Performance Metrics Establish clear performance metrics. Regularly monitor and analyze these metrics to identify areas for improvement and celebrate successes. Customer Feedback Actively seek and act on customer feedback. Use this feedback to improve your products and services, enhance customer satisfaction, and drive profitability. A Light-Hearted Reality Check Picture this: Your business is like a grand theater production. If the actors forget their lines, the props are misplaced, or the stage crew misses their cues, the entire show can turn into a chaotic mess. To ensure a standing ovation (or in business terms, industry-leading profitability), every process must run smoothly, without drama. So, put on your director's hat, identify the potential downfalls, and ensure your production runs seamlessly. As you prepare to scale your business, ensuring that all processes run without drama and drive industry-leading profitability is paramount. By identifying and addressing inefficiencies, implementing strategic improvements, and fostering a culture of continuous improvement, you can streamline your operations and enhance profitability. Ready to Streamline Your Business Operations? Think of your business as a production—and you’re the director. When every part of the system works in harmony, the result is a powerful, high-performing show that runs without hiccups. So, ask yourself: Are all processes running without drama and driving industry-leading profitability? If not, it’s time to take action. After all, the key to a successful business performance lies in a drama-free, smoothly running operation. --- ### How Would You Put Your Own Company Out of Business? > This question can illuminate weaknesses and opportunities for strategic improvement, ultimately guiding you toward sustainable growth. - Published: 2024-06-10 - Modified: 2024-06-10 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-would-you-put-your-own-company-out-of-business/ - Categories: Scaling Up - Tags: business growth, scaling, scaling up, weaknesses As an experienced business owner, you’ve weathered countless storms and celebrated numerous victories. But now, as you contemplate scaling your business, it's time to adopt a mindset that's both provocative and revealing: How would you put your own company out of business? This question, though unsettling, can illuminate weaknesses and opportunities for strategic improvement, ultimately guiding you toward sustainable growth. The Power of Reverse Engineering Imagine trying to solve a puzzle by starting with the finished picture and working backward. This is the essence of reverse engineering your business. By identifying the potential threats and vulnerabilities that could bring your company down, you can develop proactive strategies to address these issues and fortify your business. Identifying Potential Weaknesses Let’s dive into some areas where asking how you could potentially destroy your business can highlight critical areas for improvement: Customer Satisfaction: Scenario: Failing to meet customer expectations. Action: Regularly gather and act on customer feedback. Enhance product quality and customer service to build loyalty. Market Relevance: Scenario: Ignoring market trends and innovations. Action: Stay ahead by investing in research and development. Continuously monitor industry trends and adapt your offerings accordingly. Operational Efficiency: Scenario: Inefficient processes and wasteful practices. Action: Streamline operations through automation and process optimization. Implement lean practices to reduce waste and increase productivity. Financial Management: Scenario: Poor cash flow management and financial planning. Action: Maintain rigorous financial oversight. Create detailed budgets, monitor cash flow regularly, and plan for future financial needs. Employee Engagement: Scenario: Low employee morale and high turnover. Action: Foster a positive workplace culture. Provide opportunities for professional growth, recognise achievements, and ensure fair compensation. Competitive Positioning: Scenario: Underestimating competitors. Action: Conduct regular competitive analysis. Identify your unique value proposition and leverage it to differentiate your business. The Role of Strategic Planning Armed with insights from this reverse engineering exercise, you can refine your strategic plan to safeguard against potential threats and seize new opportunities. Here’s how to incorporate these insights into your strategic planning process: SWOT Analysis Conduct a thorough SWOT analysis (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats). Use the insights from your reverse engineering exercise to identify and address weaknesses and threats. Scenario Planning Develop multiple scenarios for how the future might unfold. Create contingency plans for each scenario to ensure your business can adapt and thrive regardless of what happens. Continuous Improvement Establish a culture of continuous improvement. Encourage your team to regularly identify and implement improvements in all areas of the business. Innovation and Adaptation Invest in innovation. Allocate resources to research and development to stay ahead of market trends and continuously improve your products and services. A Light-Hearted Reality Check Think of your business as a castle, and imagine you’re a crafty villain plotting to infiltrate it. Where are the weak points in your defenses? Which areas are most vulnerable to attack? Now, switch back to being the good king or queen, and use this intel to fortify those weak points. This exercise might seem a bit dramatic, but it can provide invaluable insights into strengthening your business. So, dare to ask the hard question: How would we put our own company out of business? By doing so, you’ll uncover critical insights that will help you build a stronger, more resilient business. After all, the best way to ensure your success is to preemptively thwart your own downfall. --- ### The Stakeholder Satisfaction Check > Measure stakeholder satisfaction today: gauge happiness, engagement, and rehire likelihood. Take action with Coaching 360’s proven assessment. - Published: 2024-06-10 - Modified: 2025-06-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/the-stakeholder-satisfaction-check/ - Categories: Scaling Up - Tags: growth, scaling, scalingup, stakeholder, Team Stakeholder satisfaction is the litmus test for your company’s health. As a business owner who has navigated the ups and downs of entrepreneurship, you've accomplished a lot. You’ve built a company, cultivated a brand, and assembled a team to help drive your vision forward. Now, as you consider scaling your business, there's a pivotal question you must confront: Are all stakeholders happy and engaged in the business, and would you rehire all of them? The Importance of Stakeholder Happiness and Engagement Think of your business as a finely tuned orchestra. Each stakeholder, whether they are employees, customers, investors, or partners, plays an essential role in creating a harmonious performance. If even one instrument is out of tune, the entire symphony can suffer. Ensuring that all stakeholders are happy and engaged is crucial to maintaining this harmony and driving your business forward. Assessing Stakeholder Satisfaction Before you can scale, you need to take a close look at the satisfaction levels of your stakeholders. Here are some key areas to consider: Employee Engagement and Satisfaction Are your employees motivated and committed to their work? Do they feel valued and recognised for their contributions? Would you rehire each member of your team based on their performance and attitude? Customer Happiness and Loyalty Are your customers satisfied with your products or services? Do they feel heard and valued by your business? Are they likely to recommend your business to others? Investor Confidence and Satisfaction Are your investors confident in your business strategy and direction? Do they feel informed and involved in the decision-making process? Would they be willing to invest more capital to support your growth? Partner and Supplier Relations Are your business partners and suppliers happy with your collaboration? Do they see a mutually beneficial relationship that they want to continue? Are they engaged and committed to supporting your growth? The Engagement Equation Happy and engaged stakeholders are not just a nice-to-have; they are a must-have for scaling your business. Engaged employees are more productive, loyal customers drive revenue, satisfied investors provide necessary capital, and committed partners ensure smooth operations. Here’s how you can enhance stakeholder engagement: Communicate Openly and Often Maintain transparent communication channels with all stakeholders. Regularly share updates, successes, and challenges to keep everyone informed. Foster a Positive Work Environment Create a workplace culture that values respect, inclusivity, and collaboration. Recognise and reward employee achievements and contributions. Listen and Act on Feedback Actively seek feedback from all stakeholders and take it seriously. Implement changes based on feedback to show that you value their opinions. Invest in Relationships Build strong, personal relationships with key stakeholders. Show genuine interest in their needs, goals, and challenges. The Rehire Test A fun yet telling exercise is to ask yourself: If you had to rehire each of your stakeholders, would you? This thought experiment can provide valuable insights into your business relationships: Employees: Would you bring them back on board? Are they adding value and contributing positively to the company culture? Customers: Are they worth the effort to attract and retain? Do they bring in revenue and promote your business? Investors: Would you seek their investment again? Are they supportive and aligned with your vision? Partners: Would you choose to work with them again? Are they reliable and beneficial to your operations? A Light-Hearted Reality Check Imagine you're hosting a dinner party. You've invited your employees, customers, investors, and partners. As the host, you want everyone to be happy and engaged in conversation. If one of your guests is causing a scene or ignoring everyone else, it might be time to reconsider their place at the table. Your business is no different—you want all your guests (stakeholders) to enjoy the party and contribute to its success. As you prepare to scale your business, ensuring that all stakeholders are happy and engaged is critical. By fostering open communication, investing in relationships, and continually assessing satisfaction levels, you can create a strong, cohesive foundation for growth. So, ask yourself: Are all stakeholders happy and engaged, and would you rehire all of them? If the answer is anything less than a resounding "yes," it's time to take action. After all, a harmonious orchestra plays the best symphony, and a happy, engaged stakeholder group drives the most successful business. --- ### The Importance of a Consistent Cash Source > Do you have the cash to make your dreams a reality? If not, it's time to take action. Even the most powerful engine can't run on empty. - Published: 2024-06-10 - Modified: 2025-06-13 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/the-importance-of-a-consistent-cash-source/ - Categories: Scaling Up - Tags: cash, cashflow, scalingup As a seasoned business owner, you've already navigated the turbulent waters of starting a business. You've endured the late nights, the countless cups of coffee, and the moments of sheer panic followed by euphoria. Now, as you stand on the precipice of scaling your business to new heights, it's time to ask yourself a crucial question: Do you have a consistent source of cash, ideally generated internally, to fuel the growth of your business? The Lifeblood of Growth: Consistent Cash Flow Imagine your business as a powerful engine ready to roar down the highway of success. To keep this engine running smoothly, you need fuel—cash. Not just any cash, but a consistent, reliable stream of it. Without this, your journey towards growth could sputter and stall. Why Internal Cash Generation Matters While external funding options like loans and investments can provide a quick cash injection, they come with their own set of challenges and risks. Interest rates, repayment schedules, and equity dilution can all weigh heavily on your business's future. On the other hand, internally generated cash—profits reinvested back into your business—offers a more sustainable and less burdensome source of growth capital. Assessing Your Current Cash Flow Before you hit the gas pedal of growth, it's essential to evaluate your current cash flow situation. Here are a few questions to guide you: Are your revenue streams reliable? Do you have diverse revenue streams, or are you relying on a single source? Are your customers loyal, and do they provide repeat business? Are your profit margins healthy? Are you able to maintain or increase your profit margins over time? Have you identified and minimized unnecessary expenses? Do you have a cash reserve? Have you built up a reserve of cash to cushion against unforeseen expenses or downturns? Is your cash reserve growing as your business grows? Strategies for Boosting Internal Cash Flow If your answers to the above questions are less than satisfactory, don't fret. There are strategies you can employ to enhance your internal cash flow: Optimize Pricing Strategies: Ensure your pricing reflects the value you provide and is competitive in your market. Regularly review and adjust prices to keep pace with costs and market demand. Enhance Operational Efficiency: Streamline processes to reduce waste and improve productivity. Invest in technology that can automate and optimise your operations. Focus on Customer Retention: Implement loyalty programs to encourage repeat business. Provide exceptional customer service to build long-term relationships. Manage Inventory Wisely: Avoid overstocking and ensure you have the right products at the right time. Use inventory management software to track and forecast inventory needs accurately. The Role of Financial Planning Scaling your business isn't just about having cash; it's about having a plan. Financial planning plays a crucial role in ensuring your growth is sustainable. This involves: Budgeting: Creating detailed budgets that account for all aspects of your business, including marketing, operations, and personnel. Forecasting: Projecting future revenues and expenses to anticipate cash flow needs and potential shortfalls. Monitoring: Regularly reviewing financial statements and key performance indicators (KPIs) to stay on track and make informed decisions. Picture this: You're on a road trip, and your car's fuel gauge is dangerously close to empty. Do you keep driving, hoping for a miracle gas station to appear, or do you pull over and refuel? The same logic applies to your business. Running on hope might work in a Hollywood movie, but in the real world, a consistent cash source is your best co-pilot. As you gear up to scale your business, remember that a consistent, internally generated cash flow is more than just a safety net—it's the foundation upon which your growth will be built. By ensuring your revenue streams are reliable, optimizing your operations, and planning meticulously, you can fuel your business's journey to success. So, ask yourself: Do you have the cash to make your dreams a reality? If not, it's time to take action. After all, even the most powerful engine can't run on empty. --- ### Cracking The Competition > Keep your friends close and your competitors closer, for in the game of business, knowledge truly is power. - Published: 2024-04-24 - Modified: 2024-04-24 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/cracking-the-competition/ - Categories: ActionCOACH Ever feel like you're in a high-stakes game of cat and mouse with your competitors? Well, you're not alone. For small to medium-sized businesses, knowing your competition isn't just a good idea – it's a survival tactic. Keeping an eye on your competition isn’t has sneaky as it sounds, it’s really just a very wise business decision, and we all do it. Whether that’s occasionally checking in on your competitors newsletter, or digging deeper to find out how their prices compare to you, it’s okay to have your eye on the ball, in the case where the ball is your biggest competition! So, how do you do it? Spy on Their Moves Channel your inner James Bond and spy on your competitors. Follow them on social media, sign up for their newsletters, listen to the things they are saying in their marketing messages. Being aware of the language they are using, the hooks they are deploying and the customer emotions they are tapping into, will help you to learn how you can use some of the same tactics in your own business. PLEASE, don’t stalk or harass your competitors, this is creepy and illegal! Size Up Their Strengths and Weaknesses Every competitor has their own set of strengths and weaknesses – just like us humans. Take a close look at what they excel at and where they fall short. Are they kings of customer service but lacking in competitive pricing? Use this intel to your advantage. Pricing Power Play Pricing can make or break a business. Analyse your competitors pricing strategies and see how you stack up. Are they undercutting you, or are you the budget-friendly option? Finding the sweet spot can give you a competitive edge without compromising your bottom line. Don’t forget, never de-value your product or service by lowering your pricing just to beat your competitor. Customer Chatter Matters Eavesdrop on what customers are saying about your competitors. Are they raving about a new feature or complaining about poor service? Use this feedback to fine-tune your own offerings and swoop in to save the day when your competitors stumble. Innovate, Don't Imitate While it's essential to keep tabs on your competition, don't fall into the copycat trap. Instead of imitating their every move, focus on innovation. Stay true to your brand identity and find creative ways to differentiate yourself in the market. Form Strategic Alliances Remember the saying, "Keep your friends close and your enemies closer"? Well, it applies in business too. Consider forming strategic alliances with complementary businesses or industry peers. Collaborating with your competitors can open doors to new opportunities and shared success. Stay Agile and Adaptable In the fast-paced world of business, the only constant is change. Stay agile and adaptable to evolving market dynamics and competitor strategies. Keep your finger on the pulse of industry trends and be ready to pivot when necessary. Keep your friends close and your competitors closer, for in the game of business, knowledge truly is power. --- ### A coach called Juliette > Today, as a high performance business coach, Juliette brings a wealth of life experiences to the table, grounded in the belief that there's always something to learn from others. - Published: 2024-04-23 - Modified: 2024-04-23 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/a-coach-called-juliette/ - Categories: Uncategorized Raised in a heavily Catholic family, Juliette had a structured upbringing, attending boarding school from the age of 10. Under the watchful eye of struct nuns, she enjoyed her time at school, although realised later on in life that perhaps this was because she didn’t know any different. While not academically inclined, school taught her invaluable lessons in people skills, relying on her friendly nature to forge connections. She embraced the concept of learning from others, believing in the power of seeking guidance from those with experience. Life for Juliette took an unexpected turn when, at 19, she found herself pregnant during A-levels, a circumstance that led to disownment by her heavily Catholic paternal family. Determined to prove everybody wrong, she worked hard to complete her A-levels, and pursue a degree in business management at De Montfort University, all while juggling the responsibilities of motherhood. It wasn't until four years later that her family accepted her choices, leading Juliette to join the family business. She wasn’t far into learning the ropes of the business when she faced the sudden loss of her Grandad, followed by her father three years later. Overnight, she was thrust into the world of business ownership, carrying the weight of her family’s legacy on her shoulders. Feeling like she was always expected to fail, Juliette was determined prove others wrong, and set about learning everything she would need to know to be a successful business owner. Dedicated to the business, Juliette sacrificed aspects of her life to ensure her business succeeded. Having her third child and returning to work just two days later, with no maternity leave and having to raise a child in a business environment so that she could give her all to both her family and her work, Juliette felt the pressure put onto women in business, and learnt to accept that sometimes you simply can’t do everything and often, something has to give. Leaning on the saying “what other people think about you is none of your business”, she set aside the thoughts of others and focused on doing herself and her family proud, even when she met hurdles along the way. Despite the challenges, she found solace in her growing family, eventually expanding it to four children. The losses of her grandfather and father served as a constant reminder of the realities of life. Placing an importance on making time for the things that matter to you most, Juliette set about the journey of selling her business and moving onwards to new adventures. Her accountant helped her find business coaching, the thought of being able to help people avoid the struggles in business that affected her professionally and personally, was enough for Juliette to take the plunge and become a coach. She knew if she had the same guidance, advice and systems in place back when she had her business, she would’ve reached success much quicker. Today, as a high performance business coach, Juliette brings a wealth of life experiences to the table, grounded in the belief that there's always something to learn from others. With an open mind and a willingness to embrace knowledge, she continues to navigate life's twists and turns, helping others along the way. --- ### How to navigate a business partnership with a partner/family. > A business partnership with your partner/family can be an exciting adventure. However, like any partnership, it comes with its challenges. - Published: 2024-03-28 - Modified: 2024-03-28 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-navigate-a-business-partnership-with-a-partner-family/ - Categories: ActionCOACH - Tags: Business, communication, top tips, work-life balance Entering into a business partnership with your life partner or family member can be an exciting adventure. It offers the opportunity to combine your professional ambitions with your personal relationship, creating a deeper sense of connection and shared goals. However, like any partnership, it comes with its unique set of challenges. Communication Breakdowns One of the biggest challenges in any partnership, romantic or professional, is communication. When personal and professional lives intertwine, it can sometimes be challenging to separate the two. Misunderstandings and disagreements in the business can spill over into your personal relationship, and vice versa. Solution Establish clear lines of communication from the outset. Schedule regular check-ins to discuss both business matters and personal concerns. Practice active listening, empathy, and honesty. Set boundaries to ensure that business discussions don't dominate your personal time together, and vice versa. Role Confusion Delegating roles and responsibilities can be tricky when you're working with your partner. Without clear boundaries, you may find yourselves stepping on each other's toes or experiencing feelings of resentment if one partner feels like they're shouldering more of the workload. Solution Define each partner's role within the business clearly. Identify your respective strengths and weaknesses and assign tasks accordingly. Recognize and appreciate each other's contributions. Regularly reassess and adjust roles as needed to ensure balance and fairness. Balancing Work and Personal Life When you're both invested in the success of your business, it's easy for work to consume your entire lives. However, neglecting your personal relationship in favour of your professional adventures can strain your bond and lead to burnout. Solution Prioritize quality time together outside of work. Set aside designated "business-free" hours or days where you focus solely on enjoying each other's company. Plan regular get togethers or weekend getaways to nurture your relationship and recharge. Financial Strain Starting and running a business can be financially challenging, and disagreements over money can put a strain on even the strongest relationships. Differing financial priorities or risk tolerance levels may lead to tension and conflict. Solution Be transparent about your financial expectations and concerns from the outset. Create a detailed budget and financial plan for your business, including contingency measures for unexpected expenses. Consider seeking professional financial advice to help you make informed decisions. Conflict Resolution Disagreements and conflicts are inevitable in any partnership, but they can feel particularly intense when you're romantically involved or related to your business partner. Avoiding or mishandling conflicts can damage both your business and your relationship. Solution Develop effective conflict resolution strategies, such as active listening, compromise, and problem-solving. Practice empathy and understanding, even when you disagree. If necessary, seek guidance from a neutral third party to help you navigate difficult conversations. While being business partners with your life partner or family member presents its share of challenges, it can also be immensely rewarding. If you set yourself clear roles, boundaries and put time and effort into improving your communication, there’s no reason why your business lives together can’t flourish and achieve success. --- ### Conquering the 2025 Tax Year > It’s April 2024 and the tax year is over. You’ve spent the past few months slaving over your receipts, you’re breathing a sigh of relief, but do you really want to go through that stress again? - Published: 2024-03-28 - Modified: 2024-03-28 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/conquering-the-2025-tax-year/ - Categories: ActionCOACH - Tags: Business, financial, taxes, top tips It’s April 2024 and the 2024 tax year is over, a new one beginning. You’ve spent the past few months slaving over your receipts or chasing your accountant to make sure your taxes are filed correctly and on time. You’re breathing a sigh of relief and putting it aside in your brain to deal with this time next year. But do you really want to go through that stress again? Tax season can be a daunting time for many, but with the right approach, you can navigate it smoothly and stress-free. Here are some tips to help you stay on top of your 2025 tax year, so you can be celebrating before you’ve even filed them. Start Early Don't wait until the last minute to gather your documents and start preparing your return. Begin organizing your paperwork as soon as possible to avoid the stress of rushing to meet deadlines. Make sure as you enter the new financial year, you are keeping track of all of your receipts as you collect them. Ensure you can account for everything as you go along month by month. Dealing with it as you go is much easier than having to do a years worth all at once. Create a system for organizing your tax documents, whether it's using folders, digital software, or apps. Keep track of receipts, invoices, and important documents throughout the year to make tax preparation easier. Understand Changes in Tax Laws Don’t bury your head in the sand until you have to learn about it. Tax laws can change from year to year, so it's essential to stay informed about any updates or revisions that may affect your situation. Consider consulting with a tax professional or accountant to ensure you're taking advantage of all available deductions and credits. You can keep up to date by checking the UK Government website. Utilize Technology and Professionals Take advantage of tax software or online filing services to simplify the process of preparing and filing your taxes. These tools can help automate calculations, reduce errors, and streamline the overall filing process. If your situation is complex or you're feeling overwhelmed, don't hesitate to seek help from a professional. They can provide expert guidance, ensure accuracy, and help maximize your tax savings. Plan for the Future If you haven’t already, use the new financial year as an opportunity to review your financial goals and plan for the future. Consider setting aside money for savings, investments, and explore strategies to optimize your financial health in the long term. Establish a Tax Calendar Create a calendar outlining important deadlines, such as quarterly estimated tax payments, filing deadlines, and any relevant related tasks. Referencing this calendar regularly will help you stay organized and ensure you meet all tax obligations on time, without getting surprised by unexpected actions. Tax season will always be stressful, but by being prepared as you enter in FY25 (Financial Year 2025), you can minimise this stress for yourself, your business, and your accountant! Trust us, they’ll thank you for it later on down the line! --- ### Our Top 7 Effective Lead Generation Strategies - Published: 2024-03-26 - Modified: 2024-03-26 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/our-top-7-effective-lead-generation-strategies/ - Categories: ActionCOACH - Tags: lead generation, strategies Let’s face it, as a business owner, you're constantly on the lookout for ways to expand your reach, capture attention, and ultimately, drive growth, and there’s so many different ways to do so. Sometimes it can be a little daunting wondering where to begin! That’s why we’ve created a list of our top 7 lead generation strategies, and why we think they’re so important. Understanding Lead Generation Before delving into strategies, it's important to understand what lead generation actually is. Leads are potential customers who have shown interest in your products or services by taking some form of action, such as filling out a contact form, subscribing to a newsletter, or downloading a value piece. Lead generation involves identifying these potential customers and nurturing them through the sales funnel until they are ready to make a purchase. Effective Strategies Create Compelling Content Content marketing remains one of the most effective strategies for lead generation. By creating valuable and relevant content such as blog posts, downloads, infographics, and videos, you can attract potential customers to your website/social media pages. Make sure your content addresses the pain points of your target audience and provides solutions. Optimize Your Website for Conversions Your website is often the first point of contact for potential leads, so it's essential to optimize it for conversions. Use clear and compelling calls-to-action (CTAs) throughout your site to encourage visitors to take the next step, whether it's signing up for a free trial, requesting a demo, or downloading a resource. Additionally, ensure that your website is user-friendly, mobile-responsive, and loads quickly to provide a seamless experience for visitors. Utilize Social Media Social media platforms offer immense opportunities for lead generation. Identify the channels where your target audience is most active and engage with them through compelling content, discussions, and promotions. Leverage social media advertising to target specific demographics and drive traffic to your website or landing pages. Remember to track and analyse your social media efforts to refine your strategy and maximize results. Implement Email Marketing Campaigns Despite the rise of newer marketing channels, email remains a powerful tool for lead generation. Build an email list of prospects who have opted in to receive communications from your brand and segment them based on their interests and behaviours. Craft personalized and relevant email campaigns that nurture leads over time, providing them with valuable content and offers to move them further down the sales funnel. Offer Incentives and Lead Magnets Entice potential leads to provide their contact information by offering valuable incentives or lead magnets such as discounts, free trials, exclusive content, or gated resources. These incentives not only encourage lead generation but also help qualify leads based on their level of interest and engagement with your brand. Optimize for Search Engines (SEO) Ensure that your website ranks prominently in search engine results pages by optimizing your content for relevant keywords and phrases. Conduct keyword research to identify the terms your target audience is searching for and incorporate them naturally into your website content, blog posts, and landing pages. Online software’s such as Semrush, Google Keywords Planner and Google Search Console are either free, or provide free versions and allow you to search for your ideal keywords. Additionally, focus on technical SEO aspects such as site speed, mobile-friendliness, and secure browsing to improve your search engine rankings. Leverage Webinars and Events Hosting webinars, workshops, or live events is an excellent way to engage with prospects and showcase your expertise. Promote your events through various channels and encourage attendees to register, providing their contact information in the process. During the event, deliver valuable insights, answer questions, and demonstrate how your products or services can address the needs of your audience. Any new data collected from these events can be added to your email marketing to ensure these leads are receiving regular emails of value, or promoting your service, so they don’t lose their excitement for your brand. No matter what strategies you pick, or are currently using, remember to regularly analyse, review and track the data they show you. Marketing is a fast-paced industry, with things constantly changing, so you’ll find that your approaches and strategies may change quickly too. Happy lead generating! --- ### Why is company culture so important? - Published: 2024-03-19 - Modified: 2024-03-19 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/why-is-company-culture-so-important/ - Categories: ActionCOACH - Tags: culture Company culture “In a nutshell, culture is the “heartbeat” of a company” – Gary Vaynerchuk Company culture is like an invisible religion that guides all employees, board members and CEOs in their decision making. Even when no one is around, it allows decisions to be made in line with the company’s values, keeping everyone on the same track, headed in the right direction– whilst ensuring all are having a great time along the way. Having a well-defined and non-negotiable company culture, aligns yourself and your team with everything that your company sets out to do and drives you towards it. From long term goals, to day-to-day life in the work place, by having a positive culture running throughout the blood of your company, it will enhance productivity, results and happiness for all. Where to start What are your values? What are the boundaries you set for yourself and your teams? Let’s be clear, culture isn’t a one-time workshop, it’s an ongoing project that needs to be reviewed, challenged and embraced day in and day out. Culture is grown from within, it’s created by your people, their attitudes and behaviours (both consciously and unconsciously), it can’t be imposed. Take some time to sit down and look at your own personal values, what’s important to you and why. Then speak to those trusted advisors around you, key stake holders in the business, and even those rocks who although may not be in management, may have been within your company for years and are truly embedded (in the right way! ). This group of significant and diverse people will help you create, define and protect your company’s culture. Once agreed, document it, make it visible to all and ensure that moving forwards these are the rules of the game that everyone has to play by. Here at Coaching 360, our company culture runs deep within the veins of all the team. Even though we come from different backgrounds, are at different stages of life and often have different opinions and ideas – one thing we all have in common, is that out company culture is the single most important thing to us as a team, we live and breathe it, and if anyone (team members or clients) goes against it, it’s challenged. An example, on a few occasions in the last 6 months we’ve had enquiries and new prospects in our pipeline, that have had a concern raised over them by a member the team. Either from personal experience or from trusted advisors, we’ve instantly removed these potential clients out of our sales pipeline, which may have cost us financially, however will always be the correct decision. If they do not align with our company culture and values, they do not fit as clients within our community. We value our team members feelings and community culture over new business every day. We have 11 key values (You can find them HERE). And if you’ve met us, I truly believe that you will feel them radiate from us all, and if you look closely, see them in everything we do. Question time Do you know your personal values? Are they written down? Have you asked your team theirs? Have you agreed and defined your companies’ values? Are they written and showcased for all to see? “Are you shouting loud, and feeling proud? ” Does everyone within your organisation consider these values when making decisions? Does everyone live & breath these values? The good the bad and the ugly When you have a good (lets say great! ) company culture, the benefits for both yourself and your team are undeniable. Not only will you FEEL the positive, supportive and energised atmosphere in the office, but you will see the rewards fall onto your bottom line, through growth and through your own enjoyment of a day (And for some, the ability to sleep well at night). Ensuring your culture supports your employees and their decision making will empower them, allowing them the freedom they desire, yet ensuring they play within the rules of your game you’ve set out. Great company culture Promotes team work Celebrates achievements Recognises individuals Gives trust Welcomes new ideas Supports opportunity and personal growth Holds everyone accountable Encourages challenge Creates safety Creates a fun, and enjoyable workplace Bad & Ugly company culture Passes blame Pushes away accountability Allows sarcasm, bullying and disrespect Doesn’t listen or empathise Discourages new ideas or initiatives Resents change Encourages laziness Sucks enjoyment Causes stress and anxiety What... --- ### How to stay on top of March Madness! > As the month of March rolls on, with it comes the madness that ensues. Deadlines, taxes, the end of Q1, team management, and pretty much everything else that comes with being a business owner. - Published: 2024-03-04 - Modified: 2024-03-04 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-stay-on-top-of-march-madness/ - Categories: ActionCOACH - Tags: organisation, organised, top tips As the month of March rolls on, with it comes the madness that ensues. Deadlines, taxes, the end of Q1, team management, and pretty much everything else that comes with being a business owner. To help you get the most from your March, we’ve asked our team for their top tips for staying organised and keeping you one step ahead of the game. Frankie: Tools and Technology are your friend! There are countless software’s, apps and digital tools out there designed for task management, note-taking, time tracking and more to help you stay organised. All you have to do, is find that one aligns with your preferences and set yourself up! I personally love a free productivity software called ‘Notion’. Notion is available online or downloaded to your laptop/iPad/computer. It allows you to keep track of projects, and the small tasks within them, showing you their deadline and your progress as you work on them. You can access lots of free templates made by other users to help keep on top of other reoccurring tasks such as content calendars. Apps like Notion help me to keep on top of my daily to-do list, whilst making sure I don’t lose track of bigger projects and their deadlines. Need to pull together multiple platforms for reporting? Spreadsheets are amazing, but sometimes we make them so specific to how we like to view them, that they can actually be quite hard for others to read. Software’s such as Databox help you centralise your data from multiple places, and present it in a really easy to view format, taking out a huge amount of the work for you. There’s so much out there that is specifically made to help you increase your productivity and improve your organisation, so don’t be afraid to move away from your pen and paper to do list (controversial advice I know! ). Lizzie: Time-blocking is crucial! If you know me, you’ll know I love a good blueprint diary. All of my working time within the day is accounted for with tasks, projects, meetings, etc, meaning I have specific time to touch base with all of my responsibilities throughout the week. Time-blocking in itself involves scheduling specific blocks of time for different activities or tasks throughout your day. Rather than relying solely on a never-ending to-do list, time-blocking allocates dedicated periods for focused work, meetings, daily check ins, and of course the most important part of the day... lunch I use a spreadsheet to time-block my dairy, and once I’m happy with how it looks (see my example below), I transfer this over to my Outlook calendar and make sure my whole team can view this. My favourite, and secret time blocking tip – is to add “The close down appointment” which although might seem a little unnecessary to some, is possibly the most important block of the day! These 30 minutes allow you to review the day, push any unfinished tasks/projects into slots later in the week and also note down anything and everything still whirling round your head, ready for tomorrow when your return to work. Sue: Keep your to-dos in view! Working with a blueprint diary is a life-saver when it comes to time-management, but making sure you stay on top of important deadlines can still be tricky. I love to keep my priority ‘to-dos’ in my calendar on the day I need to do them, with specific, detailed notes to ensure they’re ticked off before their deadline. For example, in my blueprint diary I might have a block for Calls, in the notes of this Outlook Calendar appointment, I’ll add the names and details of those who I need to call on that day. I’ll then set a reminder as an ‘all day appointment’ in my calendar, to call X, Y & Z. This means when I open my emails first thing in the morning, I can see what needs to be done by the end of that day. Therefore, if something comes into my dairy unexpectedly and requires me to move some of my time blocks about, I know which ones I must keep in place to get my to-dos done. Any other to-do’s that are not time-specific go right into my list on my notepad and I work through these in the allocated time blocks within my blueprint diary as the week goes on. Lynsey: Planning will never do you wrong! I spend a lot of time switching my brain off from different tasks/roles,... --- ### Are you focusing on the right things in your marketing? > It’s time to actually understand your prospect. How do they feel? What are their desires, fears, and aspirations? - Published: 2024-02-12 - Modified: 2024-02-12 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/are-you-focusing-on-the-right-things-in-your-marketing/ - Categories: Uncategorized - Tags: change, emotions, learning, marketing, prospects, strategy In an over-communicated world, how can you make sure your marketing is cutting through all the noise and making an impact? Perhaps it’s time to re-direct your marketing gaze towards your prospects, rather than your products. It’s time to actually understand your prospect. How do they feel? What are their desires, fears, and aspirations? By delving into the emotional mind of your audience, you can create a connection, that then becomes a sale. Understanding the Emotional Journey Have you ever wondered why certain brands resonate with you on a personal level? It's not just about the product; it's about the emotions tied to the brand experience. Consider the emotional journey your prospect embarks upon when encountering your product. What challenges do they face, and how does your product alleviate their pain points? Understanding these emotions allows you to craft marketing messages that truly resonate. Now we’re not telling you to make your prospects cry at every marketing touch point (we cannot be held responsible for tears! ), but don’t be afraid to evoke emotions. Conversation VS Monologue Is your marketing strategy a conversation with your audience, or is it a monologue about your product? Let’s face it, we can only sit and listen to someone talk purely about themselves for so long until we grow bored, frustrated or both! The same goes for marketing. If you’re only talking about your product, and how it is the No. 1 #topselling #greatest product in the ENTIRE WORLD, people will turn away, because you’re not addressing what it does for them. Do you know what keeps your prospects up at night? How can your product be the solution to their restless thoughts and concerns? Relate to your prospects emotion and reality, converse with them, don’t talk at them, show them what your product can do for them, and you’re onto a winner. You might well have the No. 1 #topselling #greatest product in the ENTIRE WORLD, so give it the marketing it deserves! By understanding your prospects emotional journey, you can tailor your marketing to impact your prospect on a deeper level, creating loyalty and trust. Remember, people buy people! Let’s take a look at a brilliant example of emotional marketing: TSB Bank One of the company’s brilliant video marketing campaigns featured a bakery owner proudly going about her workday and #owningit. Her customers look on in absolute awe of her confidence and happiness as she works through the day. TSB have captured the confidence they promise entrepreneurs will get once they open a TSB business account and grow their business. It’s simple, but it works! It shows the exact emotion business owners and entrepreneurs want to experience when they first dream about starting their business, and it provides a solution for those who don’t relate to this emotion shown, their TSB business account. They don’t overwhelm the viewer with legalities, fancy graphics or figures and rates, they play on emotions and show it’s easy to do what you love, and make money from it! Made you think? Maybe it’s time to take a fresh look at your marketing strategy! --- ### How to get the most out of business books! > Business books can be a goldmine of knowledge, but it's all too easy to forget or misplace valuable insights.You're not alone in this struggle. - Published: 2023-11-20 - Modified: 2023-11-20 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-get-the-most-out-of-business-books/ - Categories: ActionCOACH Business books can be a goldmine of knowledge, but it's all too easy to forget or misplace valuable insights. You're not alone in this struggle. In this blog, we'll explore the art of taking effective notes from a business book, ensuring that you capture the key insights and know exactly how to put them into action in your business. Ready? Let's dive in! Mastering the Art of Effective Note-Taking Effective note-taking is the foundation of transforming book insights into business strategies. Here's how you can become a master at it: Select the Right Tools: Choose a note-taking tool that works best for you. Whether it's a traditional notebook, a digital note-taking app, or even voice recordings, the key is to be comfortable and efficient with your chosen medium. Skim Before You Dive: Begin by skimming the book before you start reading it in-depth. Look for chapter titles, headings, and subheadings. This helps you establish the book's structure and what to expect. Active Reading: As you read, engage with the text actively. Highlight key sentences, jot down important concepts, and underline valuable examples or case studies. Use a color-coding system if it helps. Summarise Regularly: After finishing a section or chapter, take a moment to summarise what you've learned in your own words. This not only reinforces your understanding but also makes your notes more accessible later. Capture Your Reactions: Don't hesitate to jot down your thoughts and reactions. If a concept excites you or reminds you of something in your business, note it. Your personal perspective can be a valuable addition. Now that you have your notes, let's explore how to make the most of them in your business. Translating Book Insights into Business Strategies Its said that the real magic of a business book lies in what you do with the knowledge you gain. Here's how you can turn those notes into actionable strategies: Identify Priorities: Review your notes and identify the most valuable insights that align with your current business challenges or goals. What can make a tangible difference? Prioritize these. Create an Action Plan: Develop a clear action plan for each prioritised insight. What steps do you need to take? What resources are required? Set measurable goals and deadlines. Test and Adapt: Begin implementing your action plans. Remember, not every insight will work as-is for your business. Be prepared to adapt and customise strategies as needed. Seek Feedback: Involve your team or trusted advisors in the process. They can provide valuable input and help ensure a well-rounded approach to implementation. Buy them the book... Measure Success: Regularly assess the impact of the changes you've made. Are you achieving the goals you set? Has there been an improvement in the areas you targeted? Adjust your strategies as necessary. " Turning Ideas into Business Realities The #No1 benefit of effective note-taking from business books and successfully implementing those insights, is the transformation of ideas into concrete business strategies. By doing this, you: Gain a competitive edge by applying tested and proven concepts. Enhance your decision-making skills and adaptability. Stay up-to-date with industry trends and best practices. Foster a culture of continuous learning and growth within your organisation. Now that you're armed with the knowledge of taking effective notes from business books and turning these insights into actionable strategies, it's time to put this knowledge into practice. Select a business book that resonates with your goals, read it attentively, and capture key insights. Then, start transforming those insights into tangible actions in your business. Remember, the journey to business success begins with knowledge, but it reaches its destination through action. Happy reading! Written by Hana Smiddy. --- ### How to attract GREAT staff - Published: 2023-11-03 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/how-to-attract-great-staff/ - Categories: ActionCOACH If you have been having difficulty attracting and retaining great staff, isn’t it time to reflect on the reasons why? After all, if you keep doing what you’ve always done, you’re going to keep getting what you have always got. How has that served you so far? The employee buying experience People looking for new employment go through a similar ‘buying experience’ as people looking to purchase your services or products. They look at your business through external eyes and decide whether they know, like and trust you enough to join your team. So what message do you project to the world about your business as an employer? Is your online footprint fun and engaging? Are your core values highlighted, and do you use them to attract the right kind of people? Do you shout about your successes, or are there horror stories out there in the public domain about what it is like to work for you? It’s natural for prospective employees to ‘do some digging’ before they apply for a role or attend an interview. This means that they will be looking you up online and asking around to gauge your reputation as a business and as a leader. So what can you do to make sure they like what they find? Building your reputation as an employer of excellence Leverage your existing employees’ circles of influence. Ask them to share their experience of working with the business online – through blogs on your website, posts on social media, videos and networking. If they love working for you, they are likely to attract similar minded individuals who will love working for you too. Think about what prospective employees will want to know about you. Highlight your values, incentives and employee-based initiatives. If you are an employer who prioritises employee development, make sure that is clearly communicated. Remember, your online platforms are not just there to attract prospective customers, they are there to attract potential employees as well. If you believe that your business is a great place to work, shout about it. Think about your ‘shop window’ – what do people see when they look at you? What do you want to display at the forefront to entice people to come in and ask questions? Advertise your price You wouldn’t buy a product without first knowing its price, right? Similarly, people will be reluctant to apply for a job if they salary range is not visible. So advertise what you are willing to pay for the right level of experience, including bonuses or non-financial incentives that will appeal to the type of person you are trying to attract. Think ahead Plan your deselection process, interview process and onboarding process prior to going live with your job advert. The deselection process: Write out the minimum experience and/or qualifications required for the role. If the applicant doesn’t meet them, deselect them from your interview list. Ask applicants to go above and beyond to reach the next stage of your recruitment process. This will vary from employer to employer and role to role. It could be an additional task, such as recording a video that explains why they are right for the role, that means they need to do more than simply send you their CV. The people who truly want to work for you will put in the most effort to show you this. The interview process: Plan ahead in terms of dates, room availability, and getting other members of your team involved in interviewing. Decide if your interview process will be one stage or two, or more. Think about what the interviewees need to take to the interview with them and communicate that ahead of time. Prepare questions prior to the interview to maximise your time with the prospect, and encourage them to share their experience with you. The onboarding process: When will the new employee start? What can you do to prepare for their arrival? Have everything ready for day one – desk, computer, tools, uniform... whatever they need to feel included from day one. Write out a plan for their first 4-6-8 weeks of employment with you, so that they know what is expected of them and have the best start at achieving it. Schedule regular reviews with their team and line manager to address any teething issues. Find out early on what they want to get out of the role, so that you can plan for their personal development and provide them with a road map... --- ### Leveraging Literature - Published: 2023-11-03 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/leveraging-literature/ - Categories: ActionCOACH At ActionCOACH Warwick, we’re huge advocates for the transformative potential of reading in the corporate world. As avid reader ourselves, we have massively benefitted from the extensive advantages reading can bring to business owners. The hidden advantage of reading for business success! In the fast-paced, high-pressure world of business, decision-makers are constantly seeking strategies to improve their performance and outcomes. One such strategy, often overlooked yet surprisingly effective, is reading. It’s more than a leisurely pastime; it’s a tool for personal and professional growth, capable of making a profound impact on business success. At ActionCOACH Warwick, we’re huge advocates for the transformative potential of reading in the corporate world. As avid reader ourselves, we have massively benefitted from the extensive advantages reading can bring to business owners. We know first-hand that business owners often perceive themselves as too busy to incorporate reading into their schedule. However, by simply devoting an hour a day – half an hour in the morning and half an hour in the evening – the subsequent improvements in your business can be considerable. Here’s what our team believes are the top 5 effects of reading... Mental health: Reading is a form of mental escape. By opening a book, you create a soothing diversion from daily stressors, which can reduce your heart rate and ease muscle tension. Memory, focus, and concentration: Reading enhances your brain’s connectivity, improving attention spans, focus and concentration. It prompts sequential thinking, aiding the brain in drawing links between cause and effect – a crucial ability for any business owner. Cognitive workout: Regular reading provides an exercise regimen for your brain, engaging various complex cognitive functions. Moreover, studies suggest reading can decrease the risk of dementia, as consistent readers show a 32% lower rate of cognitive decline later in life. Expertise: Committing to an hour of reading per day can enable you to complete about 50 books in a year. To become a master in your field, it’s estimated that you need to clock in over 1,820 hours of reading, translating to an hour daily for five years. Break it down into manageable segments, and you’re on your way to becoming an expert sooner than you might think! Enhanced sleep: The culmination of all the above benefits can significantly improve your sleep. Adequate rest prepares you to tackle the demands of business ownership with a refreshed mind and body. For business owners embarking on their reading journey, we recommend the following insightful books: “Emyth Revisited” by Michael Gerber “Building a Storybrand” by Donald Miller “Sales EQ” by Jeb Blount “Atomic Habits” by James Clear “Secrets of a Millionaire Mind” by T Harv Eker. Reading isn’t just an investment of time; it’s an investment in personal development. Setting aside time for your self-growth will create positive effects not only on you, the business owner, but also on your team. The possibilities of what you can achieve with just an hour of reading a day are truly limitless. So why not pick up a book today and unlock its power in enhancing your business success? The results could be surprisingly rewarding. If you want to join our community of reading business owners, you can find out more about our book club here! --- ### 10 Top Leadership Tips - Published: 2023-11-02 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/10-top-leadership-tips/ - Categories: ActionCOACH - Tags: Business, Leadership, Team In a fast-paced corporate world, effective leadership is the linchpin that holds an organisation together. By cultivating your leadership qualities, you’re not only nurturing your professional growth but also contributing to your organisation’s success. Here are 10 of our top tips on leadership in business that every leader should incorporate: Tip #1: Talk about the future Leaders are visionaries. They think about the future and help others to see it too. As Mark Collar rightly said, “Leaders teach people to dream, not just execute”. Engage your team in discussions about the organisation’s long-term goals and inspire them to align their dreams with the broader vision. Tip #2: Teach someone something The best leaders are also great mentors. Take the time to teach your colleagues something new. This not only builds organisational capability but also showcases your commitment to personal and professional development within the team. Tip #3: Seek out a new idea As a leader, embracing innovation is essential. Actively search for novel ideas and champion them in the organisation. This exhibits your adaptability and openness to change, which are critical attributes for leadership. Tip #4: Tell someone they did a “good job” Appreciation goes a long way in building a positive workplace culture. Don’t hesitate to commend a colleague’s efforts, irrespective of the scale of achievement. This bolsters enthusiasm and fosters trust in your leadership. Tip #5: Get mad, then get over it Leaders are passionate. Sometimes this passion might be misconstrued as anger or frustration. Don’t be afraid to show emotions, but make sure you channel them into constructive action. This showcases your humanity and resilience. Tip #6: Meet someone new in your organisation As a leader, it’s vital to know your team. Step out of your office and interact with someone new. This gesture proves that you value your employees and are keen to learn from them. Tip #7: Say “yes” Leadership entails decision-making. Be bold and say “yes” to opportunities. This demonstrates your trust in the organisation and reflects your decisiveness – an essential trait for any leader. Tip #8: Actively listen Listening is an art that many claim to possess but few genuinely master. Be a sincere listener. When someone shares their thoughts, clarify and confirm your understanding but refrain from sharing your viewpoint until asked. This promotes open communication and shows that you value others’ opinions. Tip #9: Be enthusiastic As a leader, your enthusiasm can be contagious. Display energy and excitement about ideas and projects – you’ll find your team mirroring this positivity. This creates a more engaged and motivated workforce. Tip #10: Have fun! Finally, relish what you do. Leadership isn’t always about the serious and arduous tasks; it’s about finding joy in the journey. When your team sees you enjoying your role, they are more likely to be inspired and follow suit. Excellent leadership is a blend of vision, mentorship, adaptability, appreciation, emotion, connectivity, decisiveness, communication, enthusiasm and joy. By incorporating these 10 tips into your leadership repertoire, you will not only enhance your personal growth but significantly contribute to your organisation’s success. At ActionCOACH, we build leaders who are not just executives but enablers, mentors and motivators! --- ### Blueprinting your life! - Published: 2023-11-01 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/blueprinting-your-life/ - Categories: ActionCOACH Do you manage to deliver all your projects on time, stay on top of your responsibilities, respond to all your emails, have all those important conversations with colleagues/team members, finish your to do list and end the week feeling like you’ve accomplished everything you set out to do? No, I didn’t think so, if only life was simple and it was easy to achieve everything you needed to during your working day. Allowing you to switch off and spend your down time focused and present, doing the things you love. Now I don’t have any magic beans, but what I do have, is the answer to your overwhelm when it comes to getting things done. All you need, is an hour, your diary, and a simple list of your tasks and responsibilities! From there you can blueprint your diary. What is blueprinting? Blueprinting your diary is a game changer. No, it’s a life changer, especially for those who find themselves jumping between tasks, getting easily distracted and never delivering on time – specifically those tasks you’ve been putting off. Blueprinting is simply sectioning your day into time blocks and assigning each block of time to a specific task, allowing gaps between blocks for travel time, wiggle room and even your lunch break! By blueprinting your week, you will have a birds eye view of what you will be doing and when, allowing you to ensure that there is time to complete everything you need to in a week giving you true piece of mind. Blueprinting your diary shows you a best-case scenario of your upcoming week, but we all know things can change! Meetings get postponed and you might be relying on someone else to supply some information for you to be able to complete that project – so yes, a blueprint diary does have to have wiggle room, and it will be adapted every week. But if you have a plan, you can change it, if you don’t have a plan, you’ll never be in control. How to do it? To keep it simple, we recommend blueprinting and colour coding (for those that like to be able to visually see the difference in blocks) your diary into four sections, Meetings – With other people Projects – Your main, bigger tasks that may take days/weeks or even months to complete To do – Your smaller easy, day to day tasks Emails – This is the only time you’re allowed to check your emails! If you like detail, you can go deeper into your time blocks e. g. assigning time blocks for specific to dos such as “calls” or “social media posts”. But as a starting point, the above four will increase your productivity and reduce your stress levels. Below is a screen shot of my blueprint diary. From this you can see, I check my emails first thing every day and respond to anything urgent, anything not urgent gets added to my to do list along with sporadic tasks that arise. We have team meetings at the same time reoccurring, and project work blocks get spread throughout the week. I go a little deeper on my time blocking than the original four categories suggested, however I’ve found this is what works best for me and allows me enough wiggle room to juggle any changes that arise, yet enough structure that ensures everything gets done each week. After completing your blueprint on a spread sheet, you can upload it to your live calendar, remembering to send out invites to those who will also be attend meetings and project work blocks so you’re all aligned. Remember when you originally blueprint to speak with those who will be involved in your meetings and blocks to make sure the times also work for them, it might take a few back and fourths initially – but in the long run makes both your lives so much easier as you will never have you ask “When are you are next week” again. My favourite, and secret time blocking tip – is to add a fifth category “The close down appointment” which although might seem a little unnecessary to some, is possibly the most important block of the day! This 30minutes allows you to review the day, push any unfinished tasks/projects into slots later in the week and also note down anything and everything still whirling round your head, ready for tomorrow when your return to work. Allowing you to finish your day, doing whatever you like,... --- ### It’s not just coffee and cake! - Published: 2023-11-01 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/its-not-just-coffee-and-cake/ - Categories: ActionCOACH If you Google what networking is, it will probably fire back an answer along the lines of ‘the action or process of interacting with others to exchange information and develop professional or social contacts’. I’m going to give you my definition, because it’s truer, better and well... paints you a much better picture of exactly what networking is! Networking, as fun as it can be, isn’t just a jolly at a fancy venue or a coffee with absolutely anyone. It’s much more than that. It’s the support you can provide to others, the friendly face at each event, the sounding board for confused or lonely business owners, and more than anything, it’s the opportunity to build genuine, authentic friendships and offer honest and individual help. I’ve met people through my ‘job’ (it doesn’t feel like one! ) that have become genuine friends through networking. I’ve met people who have turned their businesses around through the support and collaboration they’ve found from networking. I’ve been privileged to connect with my local community of business owners, and realise that we’re all in the same sea, just in different boats. Sometimes people joke that all I do for a living is go for coffee and cake (not entirely untrue! ), but I’m here now on behalf of all other networkers, business owners and business development managers to show you that as much as we enjoy the coffee and cake... there’s so much more to networking than just that! So how do you know where to start? Google will be your best friend. Have a look on websites such as Eventbrite or LinkedIn to see what’s happening in your local area and business community. Reach out to other local business owners to ask what they’re a part of and keep your ear to the ground. Listen to what people are saying and where they are going to find all the hidden gems within the networking world! Which one is right for me? I hear you ask! Unfortunately, there’s no magic wand I can wave to tell you the answer, you’ve just got to try. If you’re nervous to start networking, look online. What info does it tell you, how many people are going, is there a speaker, do you have to present? Gather as much information as you can before going to eliminate those nerves! Some events will have 10 attendees, others can have 100. So, choose one you’d feel comfortable in. Funnily enough, some people prefer the bigger events to ease them into networking, as a bigger room makes it easier to hide so if you do get the first networking event nerves, you can easily slip out, leave, and try again next time. It’s never the end of the world, and there is always time to try again. What should you expect from a networking event? Firstly, and against what you may think, don’t put pressure on yourself to sell. That’s not why you’re going. Try to think of it as walking into a pub to meet your friends, as eventually everyone there will become your friends. Whether there’s a speaker at the event, an opportunity for you to introduce yourself and your business to everyone, or perhaps it’s just a casual get together, you can always rely on some good conversations. A top tip: planning your route around the room is very obvious and not genuine. Remember you’re not there to sell! You’re there to build relationships and conversations. How can you get the most from networking events? Be yourself, consistently. Be honest and genuine, personable and authentic. You’re not there to sell, you’re there to potentially help others around you. Make new connections, don’t just talk to who you already know. Find the balance to feel comfortable with those you know, then venturing out to make new connections. Sometimes your new collaborators are the people you’ll least expect! Put yourself out there! Attend those events that you’re not sure about, speak to those business owners that you haven’t met before, showcase your business at events that ask for your 60-seconds. Whatever it is that you don’t want to do, do it, you’ll thank yourself for it later. How do you know it’s working? It may have taken 3 months, or a year, but you’ve gained a client. You’ve completed some contracted work for someone. You’ve collaborated on a project with another business owner, or you just feel overwhelming confidence when networking which is worth more personally to you then others... --- ### IF - Published: 2020-03-25 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/if/ - Categories: Kevin - Tags: achieve, believe, Business, IF, Poetry IF, by Rudyard Kipling – a poem which has resonated with me throughout my life and my career. In light of the current Coronavirus business crisis, I believe that Kiplings words are as relevant now as they have ever been. I have made this video to reach out to business owners and let you know that you are not alone; and I would like to share my learnings and interpretation of this poem with you... As a business owner and Father, I know how easily self-doubt can creep into your life. How often you can worry about whether you are doing the right thing, making the right decisions, staying in favour with your colleagues, peers, family and friends... . you must accept that there will always be people who doubt you and make allowances for them as you continue on your path. It’s important not to lose your head in the clouds; yet it is also important to dream, to strive for more, to believe you can achieve regardless of the circumstances and take action to make those dreams come true. Life is full of ups and downs – chose not to wallow in the depths or celebrate at the peaks for too long. At each opportunity, learn from the experience and come back stronger. It is not the failure or success that will define you – it is how you react that matters most. It is true that you won’t win them all, but that should not stop you from trying. In life, as in business, take risks, challenge yourself and never give up. Who knows what you could achieve if you go just one step further? And finally, always remember where you came from and why you are where you are today, fighting for the dream you created. If you fall, pick yourself up, dust yourself down and start again. Know yourself, love yourself and be confident in yourself. Build relationships, make friends, seek advice, give advice... because if you give life your all despite all odds “yours is the Earth and everything that’s in it, and – which is more – you’ll be a Man my Son! ”. --- ### A coach called Kevin > What makes Kevin Riley such a unique Business Coach? Here's his story and why he chose to become a Business Growth Specialist after losing everything. - Published: 2019-10-17 - Modified: 2026-01-23 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/a-business-coach-called-kevin-riley/ - Categories: Kevin You may have already read the 'About Kevin Riley' page on our website, however I would like to share with you the unofficial, behind the scenes version of who Kevin is and what makes him (in my opinion) an exceptional Award-Winning Business Coach and Growth Specialist. Having worked as Kevin’s Personal Assistant since May 2019 I have come to know and understand the many reasons that drive him to excel in the profession of Business Coach. I believe that the people we learn most from are those who have learnt from personal mistakes or experiences during their life. Those who can turn a negative into a positive and continually move forward without dwelling on the past. They are also the type of people who can really connect with others, uplift them, motivate them and leave them with a feeling of inspiration that they can carry into their own lives. All of this is true of Kevin and I want to share with you the reasons why... . A brief history of Mr Riley Kevin grew up in Zimbabwe with his parents and two siblings before moving to Saudi and then the UK. During his early teens his Dad became ill on a family holiday, he was diagnosed with terminal brain cancer and sadly passed away 12 months later, aged 51. It was an incredibly difficult time for his whole family and Kevin began to make decisions that would shape the rest of his life. Realising how short life can be, he vowed to always look for the good in every situation, to find ways to learn and grow regardless of the circumstances. He made a commitment to himself to live life to the absolute full, to live in the moment, to maximise every opportunity and to enjoy every minute. When you meet Kevin, you will find he is a high-energy, positive person with an infectious way of making you feel like anything is possible. When he was 22 he was appointed the position of Sales Director with the travel company he worked for. Two years later, believing that anything and everything was achievable, he set up his own travel company and stepped onto a steep learning curve in the world of business. He quickly learnt that getting what he wanted wasn’t achieved through voicing demands, but by conducting himself with integrity. He focused on delivering a high quality of service, fulfilling promises and exceeding expectations. His company went from strength to strength and his confidence as a business owner grew with it. In his early 30’s his brother passed away after a long battle with mental illness. Before he died, Kevin played an integral role in Sean’s acceptance of treatment and spent a lot of time listening to him, focusing on him and truly understanding him. He became acutely aware of the importance of listening, hearing and staying present in a conversation, as well as really getting to know and fully understand a person. In his mid-30’s Kevin received a call to say that his Mum had been rushed into hospital and was expected to die that same day. She held on for a further 3 months and during that time they opened up to one another in a way they hadn’t done before. By asking difficult and uncomfortable questions, Kevin was able to unearth the roots of his Mum’s hopes and fears and soothe or fix them so she could move forward. For his Mum, this meant that when she passed away, she was at peace and ready to go. For Kevin, this poignant experience opened his eyes to a new way of helping people. As incredibly hard as it had been to keep asking tough questions, he understood the importance of the lesson – shying away from tough conversations and situations helps no-one. To truly make a difference to others, you must be willing to keep digging, keep asking, and keep listening until the person you are helping can resolve their problem(s) and move on. Deeply touched by these experiences, Kevin is now an exceptional listener, hearing with his eyes, heart and ears. He has a high EIQ and an uncanny ability to know you more than you know yourself. Kevin Riley’s business experience I have had the pleasure of working for three entrepreneurs in my career and I always find myself inspired by the energy they inject into their business and their life. Kevin is no exception to this rule; in fact I think he may have... --- --- ## Articles ### What Is Topgrading? A Hiring Method for Building A-Players | Kevin Riley > Hire A-Players and reduce costly mis-hires. Learn how the Topgrading hiring methodology works and how Kevin Riley helps business owners apply it sensibly when building teams. - Published: 2026-02-03 - Modified: 2026-02-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/topgrading-interview-methodology/ - Article Categories: Hiring, Interviews, Leadership Topgrading: How Business Owners Hire A-Players (and Stop Costly Mis-Hires) Hiring the wrong person is one of the most expensive mistakes a business can make. Lost time. Lost momentum. Team morale damage. And the quiet frustration of knowing, deep down, that you knew something was off. Topgrading is a proven hiring methodology designed to dramatically reduce mis-hires by identifying genuine A-Players before they join your business. Originally developed and used inside large organisations like General Electric, Honeywell, Barclays, and Lincoln Financial, Topgrading has since been adopted by ambitious SMEs who want the same rigour without corporate bureaucracy. This page explains what Topgrading is, how it works, and when it makes sense for business owners building or scaling a team. What Is Topgrading? Topgrading is a structured hiring and interviewing system created to consistently identify high-performing candidates for a specific role. Rather than relying on CVs, gut feel, or one-hour interviews, Topgrading uses a 12-step process that combines: Clear role scorecards (not vague job descriptions) Deep, chronological interviews Verification of career history Candidate-led reference checks Post-hire coaching and evaluation At the end of the process, candidates are grouped into: A Players – high performers with strong track records B Players – capable but inconsistent or role-limited C Players – low performers who create drag The objective is simple: Hire A-Players. Do not hire chronic B or C Players. Why Topgrading Exists (and Why Standard Hiring Fails) Most hiring processes are broken. CVs are exaggerated. Interviews are rehearsed. References are filtered. Topgrading was built on a blunt insight: Traditional interviews reward confidence, not competence. The methodology assumes that some candidates will misrepresent their history. Instead of hoping for honesty, Topgrading designs the process so dishonesty becomes uncomfortable and self-selecting. That’s where one of its most well-known elements comes in. The Threat of Reference Check (TORC) Early in the Topgrading process, candidates are told something very clearly: At the end of the process, you will be asked to arrange reference calls with your previous managers. This is called the Threat of Reference Check (TORC). It changes behaviour instantly. Candidates who are inflating results, hiding failures, or lacking confidence often withdraw early. Strong performers tend to lean in. For business owners, TORC acts as a filter before you’ve invested weeks of time. The Topgrading Job Scorecard (Not a Job Description) Topgrading replaces generic job descriptions with a job scorecard. A scorecard clearly defines: Outcomes the role must deliver Measurable performance standards Required competencies Cultural and behavioural expectations This matters because: You hire against outcomes, not tasks Interviews become objective, not emotional Post-hire performance is measurable Scaling Up People Tools The Topgrading Interview Process (How It Actually Works) Topgrading interviews are deliberately different from standard interviews. 1. Telephone Screening Interview A short screening call to confirm fit, motivation, and baseline alignment. 2. Competency Interviews Candidates are asked for specific examples across 6–8 critical competencies, such as: Leadership Company fit Organisation Peer relationships Resourcefulness Different interviewers assess different competencies to reduce bias. 3. The Topgrading Interview This is the core of the methodology. Conducted by two interviewers together Chronological, role-by-role Covers the entire career history Explores successes, failures, decisions, relationships, and reasons for leaving Candidates are asked consistent questions about: Results achieved Mistakes made Manager relationships How they believe they were rated Why they moved on Patterns emerge quickly. 4. Reference Call Interviews Candidates arrange reference calls with: Former managers Peers Subordinates Customers (where relevant) This validates what was said in interview — or exposes gaps. The 12-Step Topgrading Methodology (High-Level Overview) Topgrading includes steps such as: Measuring your current mis-hire rate Creating role scorecards Using TORC early Recruiting through trusted networks Screening candidates systematically Analysing full career history Conducting tandem interviews Verifying claims through references Coaching new hires Reviewing hiring success post-hire It’s not about complexity. It’s about discipline and consistency. Does Topgrading Actually Work? According to research examined in a Georgia State University doctoral study, companies using Topgrading saw: Pre-Topgrading mis-hire rate: ~69% Post-Topgrading mis-hire rate: ~10% For business owners, that difference isn’t academic. It shows up as: Faster execution Less firefighting Stronger leadership bench Lower emotional tax on founders Common Criticisms of Topgrading (and What Business Owners Should Know) Topgrading isn’t without criticism. Some argue: It’s overly sceptical of candidates It can feel intense or intrusive Contacting every previous manager isn’t always practical or lawful These criticisms matter. For SMEs, Topgrading should be adapted intelligently, not applied blindly. Used well, it becomes a decision-making framework, not a legal or HR minefield. When Topgrading... --- ### Warwickshire Business Coach Kevin Riley Shortlisted for National Business Leader of the Year Award - Published: 2025-09-16 - Modified: 2025-09-16 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/warwickshire-business-coach-kevin-riley-shortlisted-for-national-business-leader-of-the-year-award/ - Article Categories: Kevin Riley Business Coach Looking for one of the UK’s best business coaches? Warwickshire-based Kevin Riley has just been named a finalist for Business Leader of the Year at the Great British Business Awards 2025 and it’s not the first time his coaching has made national impact. With hundreds of coaching clients across Leamington Spa, Warwick, Coventry, Kenilworth, Stratford-upon-Avon, and the wider West Midlands, Kevin is known for his no-nonsense approach to leadership, growth, and sustainable business success. If you’re a business owner researching coaching options, here’s what makes Kevin different and why he’s being recognised as one of the top business coaches in the UK. Why Kevin Riley Was Shortlisted as One of Britain’s Top Business Leaders Kevin’s nomination recognises more than just impressive business growth. It honours a long track record of real-world leadership, resilience, and impact. After scaling his first company to over £20 million in revenue, Kevin lost it to internal fraud — and made the decision to rebuild with purpose. That journey led to the creation of Coaching 360, a high-level business coaching and leadership consultancy, and ActionCOACH Warwick, a performance-focused coaching firm for ambitious SMEs. But what truly sets Kevin apart is how he shows up for business owners when it matters most. During the COVID-19 pandemic, Kevin: Delivered free business webinars to hundreds of local companies Offered one-to-one crisis coaching for businesses at risk Personally supported leaders through cash flow, pricing, and team restructures That work earned him a National Community Impact Award, and he’s still giving back - offering free business coaching time each month entrepreneurs in the Midlands. During the cost-of-living crisis, Kevin has helped his clients: Rethink pricing strategy and profitability Build stronger leadership teams Navigate burnout and rebuild confidence Create clear 90-day tactical plans to grow, not just survive “I’ve coached businesses through growth, through grief, through complete reinvention,” Kevin says. “What I care about most is making business better for people — and showing that success doesn’t have to come at the cost of your health, family, or joy. ” Book a call and Find out more how Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 can boost your business. Is Kevin Riley the Right Business Coach for You? If you’re considering coaching, you’re probably asking: How do I choose the best business coach near me? Will this coach actually understand the reality of my business? Is this worth the investment? Kevin’s clients consistently say the same three things: He’s been in the trenches — and doesn’t offer fluffy advice He asks the questions no one else dares to He gives them their time, clarity, and confidence back Over the last five years, Kevin has worked with 300+ business owners across Warwickshire and the UK. His clients include manufacturers, marketing agencies, trades, service firms, and e-commerce brands — with turnover ranging from £400k to £10M+. Whether you’re: Stuck in the weeds Hitting a growth ceiling Burning out from doing everything yourself Trying to build a leadership team Or ready to exit and want to maximise value... Coaching 360 and ActionCOACH Warwick offer a range of tailored business coaching options — from 1-to-1 coaching and Scaling Up strategy to team development, sales training, and 90-day growth planning workshops. Upcoming Events for Warwickshire Business Owners If you’d like to experience Kevin’s approach for yourself, you’re invited to attend one of our upcoming events: Click here to buy tickets Sell tickets online with Ticket Tailor Finalist for Business Leader of the Year – Great British Business Awards 2025 Kevin’s shortlisting is a powerful validation of his mission: to enable business owners to scale without stress, lead without burnout, and build businesses that give them more life — not less. Winners of the Great British Business Awards will be announced on Friday 26th September 2025 at The Crowne Plaza, Marlow. “We’ve got incredible businesses here in Warwickshire — creative, gritty, and full of potential. They just need the right strategy, structure and support. That’s what I offer. ” Want to Work with Kevin Riley? Explore our return-on-investment guaranteed business coaching programmes Take our free business diagnostic: Spot. Solve. Scale. Attend an upcoming event: View events Get in touch: Contact us --- ### 5 tips for businesses to maximise efficiency during crisis - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/5-tips-for-businesses-to-maximise-efficiency-during-crisis/ - Article Categories: Action Coach Whenever there’s a crisis, as humans, we tend to lose control just a little bit. But when it comes to business, leaders must work to minimise the disruption and maximise efficiency for the long-term benefit of staff, customers and suppliers. In light of the COVID-19 outbreak, it’s become clear business owners should have a plan to tackle issues impacting normal daily operations. Whilst a crisis plan is the most favourable option, not everyone will have one in place. That’s when attention falls onto business owners working within our communities to think about maximising efficiency when faced with staff downtime, working from home or supplier issues. Kevin Riley, a business growth specialist from ActionCOACH Warwick, knows all too well the challenges local businesses are facing currently. “It’s important for businesses to have a contingency plan in place to factor in what happens in a range of crises,” says Kevin. “Whilst it doesn’t contain every specific detail for a ‘worst-case scenario’, it can definitely help put a business owner’s mind at rest. Instead of starting to find solutions from scratch, a crisis plan can help you to move forward from a considered base point to begin dealing with the situation rationally. If you don’t have a plan in place or you’re wondering what processes to put in place to make business feel as normal as possible, I have a few tips. ” Here are Kevin’s top tips for maximising efficiency during periods of crisis: Keeping things going. The most advantageous way of keeping your business going is to consider the implications that the crisis will have. If your staff are having to work from home, what actions must you take to make that happen? Do they have the space and tech to work? Communicate carefully what is expect of them during this time. Put steps in place. If your work is reliant on work facilities, such as those in manufacturing, is it possible to split teams and shifts to reduce the spread of the virus and keep business going? Be proactive. During the downtime, take the opportunity to catch up on any outstanding tasks, plan for the future and tackle your to-do list. Get your team to focus and work on writing systems, processes and marketing plans so that, when the market picks back up again, you are ready to go. You’ll be well ahead of the curve as soon as the market changes. Maintaining your service. If the crisis does cause unnecessary problems for your business, how can you remain one step ahead? In this case, you can reassure customers you’ve got measures in place to avoid spreading the virus. If you do have to work remotely, you can offer video conferencing for your clients to maintain that connection. You can stay in contact, whilst putting the correct procedures in place to keep everyone safe. Don’t stop prospecting. If you feel uncomfortable or unsure about visiting new clients face-to-face, don’t forget about your existing clients. You should be reassuring them you’re still there to deliver your best service or product - you’re still the same dependable and trustworthy business you always were. Kevin adds, “Whilst some businesses are wondering how to survive this latest pending economic crisis due to the virus, you could be missing an opportunity to do so much more. By preparing yourself, as the business leader, and your staff, you have a chance of exiting this crisis stronger than before. ” --- ### Kevin Riley wins National BFA Community Hero Award > Since the Community Hero Award win. Kevin Riley and Coaching 360 has continued supporting business owners by gifting free business coaching sessions. - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2025-07-22 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/bfa-award-win-kevin-riley-community-hero/ - Article Categories: Action Coach, Kevin Riley Business Coach UPDATE JULY 2025: Since this press release, Kevin Riley and the team at ActionCOACH Warwick and Coaching 360 have continued supporting business owners since the pandemic. Three sessions per month are dedicated to helping business owners face challenges head on with gifted value-packed coaching sessions. Propestive Business Owners seeking gifted advice, support or guidance in sales, marketing, Lead Generation, Leadership, Scaling, Profitability or growth can register interest for a session here Local business coach Kevin Riley brings national award back to Leamington Leamington-based business coach Kevin Riley has received a national award recognising the impact he’s had on the community during the pandemic. Thanks to his loyal clients and readers of Leamington Courier, he was crowned the recipient of the accolade on Monday night (30th November) after storming ahead with almost 700 votes - over 100 more than his fellow finalists. ActionCOACH Warwick’s Kevin Riley coaches business across Warwick, Leamington Spa and Banbury, dedicating numerous hours a week to struggling business owners since March. The pandemic has placed unprecedented strain on businesses across our region, so Kevin and his team sprung to action gifting free business coaching sessions to over 750 companies. Kevin Riley, Coaching 360's Senior Business Coach and Business Growth Specialist “We’ve all been through a lot this year and there’s still a long way to go. However, receiving this award is a great way to remember how far we have actually come and what’s been achieved. I’d like to thank readers for voting for me after reading the article on the newspaper’s website last week - I’m sure those extra votes clinched it! I’m extremely proud to be bringing the award home to Leamington and it will be taking pride of place once we get back into the office. ” The Community Hero award was part of the British Franchise Association HSBC Franchisee of the Year Awards evening, with this category celebrating the shining stars across the UK who have given back tremendously to their communities. The winner was chosen by the public, who voted for the individual that demonstrated the most determination and passion over the year, deserving of the title “Community Hero’. For Kevin and his team though, it’s business as usual. With this award under their belt, they’re determined to make 2021 a year to remember for all the right reasons! --- ### Business Holidays - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/business-holidays-pr/ - Article Categories: Action Coach Taking a summer holiday from business life With almost 1. 5million1 decision makers in SMEs not having any time off in the past 12 months, it’s evident that a proportion of business owners don’t feel comfortable stepping away from their business. What’s probably even more shocking, of those that do take holiday, they only take an average of 13 days annual leave – which is roughly half the normal statutory allowance available. Perhaps the main reason is not feeling confident that the business will continue to run whilst they’re not there, when, in reality, it’s unlikely things will fall apart in a matter of days. Kevin Riley, a business growth specialist from ActionCOACH Warwick, supports business owners to grow their businesses, subsequently allowing them to take time out. He knows all too well just how many individuals feel guilty about taking a holiday. “The mantra I live by is working ON, not IN the business,” said Kevin. “This essentially means that I develop business owners and their teams to grow at a sustainable rate, eventually allowing the decision-maker to take their deserved, guilt-free time off. It’s extremely common nowadays, due to the fast-paced nature of consumers, for business owners to feel tied in to daily operations, however there really is no benefit to not giving yourself a break. In fact, the business will usually be in a better position as a result of having some time away. ” Kevin lists the top benefits of taking time off as a business owner: Improves productivity. The human body requires downtime. When the natural cycle of alertness and fatigue is ignored, the body’s need to reboot is completely disregarded. Smaller breaks are good, whereas longer getaways allow for a full recharge – ready to return to work with a clearer mind and ability to focus better on the task at hand. Reduces stress. Although some people like to work under pressure, it shouldn’t happen all the time. Studies have shown that taking a holiday helps maintain good health and prevents burnout. Working under pressure might be a viable option for you and your team, but when it turns into strain or stress, that’s when you’re due a break. Improves creativity. A simple change of pace can help you see the world differently. Disconnecting from the work environment will help focus your mind on other external sources, allowing you to absorb more influences that have an impact when you return to work. Promotes confidence. When you return from your time away, you will more than likely have a renewed sense of self. You’ll feel refreshed and will tend to approach projects with increased vigour, opting to tackle them with more enthusiasm rather than settling for an easy option. Sets a good example. Time away from the office can benefit all employees, with that example starting at the top. If employees see their boss never taking a day off and working longer than they need to, they will assume they need to do the same. Taking a holiday shows all other employees that it’s okay to do so and that the company values their wellbeing. A culture of wellness goes a long way in recruiting and retaining employees. Kevin adds: “You never know, the things you delegate to other members of the team during your time away might have the option to be permanently delegated. Your time could be freed up to focus on other aspects of the business that might not have been receiving your full attention. In today’s 24-7 world, the need for a holiday cannot be overestimated – trust me, the time you then spend in the business will be much more efficient. ” --- ### Coventry Expansion - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/coventry-expansion/ - Article Categories: Action Coach Award-winning business coaching firm expands services to Coventry Just shy of two years since launching in Warwick, award-winning business coaching firm ActionCOACH is expanding its services to the business owners of Coventry. With the exit from lockdown restrictions on the horizon, business growth specialist Kevin Riley and his team are expecting the city’s business owners to take every opportunity for prosperity. Kevin is no stranger to business challenges. His previous travel business closed almost overnight after he uncovered a serious fraud, resulting in him having to make his team of loyal employees redundant with immediate effect. In the aftermath of such a traumatic event, Kevin was determined that other business owners should not have to go through anything similar. He launched ActionCOACH Warwick in May 2019 and, following the impressive growth of his client base, his team is in place to now reach out further afield. “We’re excited to bring our services to this hub of entrepreneurship,” said Kevin. “We’ve supported many neighbouring businesses through the difficulty of the pandemic. Some choose one-to-one coaching whilst others enjoy group coaching. 36 of our clients achieved their personal best trading periods since lockdown began and across all of our clients, 87 new employees have been recruited with further recruitment activities happening as I speak. It won’t be long until our virtual meet ups will return to face-to-face but, for now, our first free event for business owners across Coventry will be online. ” With the announcement of the expansion, the team are also celebrating the latest addition to their team. Kath Cleary has joined as a business coach alongside Kevin, working with clients to improve profitability, productivity and efficiency. An experienced HR professional with over 26 years commercial experience under her belt, Kath brings another level of business expertise to the team. ActionCOACH’s business coaching sessions came into their own during the pandemic, helping more than 750 companies across Warwick, Leamington Spa and Banbury with gifted coaching sessions, offering many of them a lifeline at a pivotal moment. Kevin’s sheer determination and passion shone through, resulting in him winning the award for Community Impact at the 2020 HSBC British Franchise Awards in November and Growth Coach of the Year at ActionCOACH’s UK conference in January. --- ### Global Win - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/global-win/ - Article Categories: Action Coach Leamington business coach boosts local economy by £31million A local business coach has boosted the Warwickshire economy by a staggering £31million in the past 12 months. Kevin Riley of ActionCOACH has supported local business owners with their profitability, productivity and efficiency during the pandemic, giving many of those a lifeline when times were at their toughest. With sheer vigour, determination and passion, he’s given back in a way that hasn’t gone unnoticed. As revealed at the ActionCOACH global conference at the beginning of August, Kevin tops the ranking in how much he has contributed to the local economy. The eye-watering figure is the total turnover of Kevin’s clients from June 2020 to May 2021, demonstrating his impact on businesses and their bottom lines. “I’m astounded by that figure myself, to be honest,” said Kevin. “Whilst I would like to take credit, I think the applause needs to be directed towards my wonderful clients. Without them, I wouldn’t be able to come to work every day and love what I do, and without them we wouldn’t be seeing results such as this. They have all shown true tenacity to tackle the pandemic and come out even stronger. I couldn’t be any prouder. ” Alongside his wonderful financial impact, Kevin has also helped 44 of his clients achieve their personal best trading months during the pandemic. His support led to the addition of 156 jobs within the area during that same timeframe. Will and Grace Lyne of Christopher Peters Kitchens and Interiors, are thrilled with how much Kevin has helped them through one-to-one coaching. “Although the last year has been tough mentally and financially for myself, Grace and the business, we are grateful for the downtime it provided us to really focus with Kevin,” said Will. “Everything we have done has given us so much confidence in ourselves, our business and where we will be able to go in the future. We look back to the start of the last year and now our company is completely unrecognisable. ” This accolade is just the latest for the ActionCOACH team since their launch just over two years ago - taking this award is even more impressive when you consider there are over 1,000 Action Coaches across 80 countries! --- ### Growth Coach - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/growth-coach-pr/ - Article Categories: Action Coach Leamington business coach wins three awards in as many months Just a few months after bringing home a national award that recognises the tremendous support he has offered his local business community throughout the pandemic, Kevin Riley has added two more accolades to his trophy shelf. The business coach from ActionCOACH Warwick was crowned Coach of the Year for the Central Midlands region at the business coaching firm’s UK awards. But the excitement for Kevin’s team didn’t stop there, as he was then announced as the overall UK Growth Coach award – out of over 200 coaches nationwide. Since the first lockdown, Kevin and his team have dedicated their time to business owners across Warwickshire and Oxfordshire to help negotiate the challenges thrown their way by the pandemic. With his business coaching sessions, including those he gifted to over 750 local companies, he has provided a lifeline to many businesses across the region. It is amazing to see the determination, passion and willpower shine through in the business owners that I coach,” said Kevin. “That’s what really makes it worth it. Receiving these awards is the icing on top of the cake. ” These two awards follow his win at the 2020 bfa HSBC Franchise Awards in November, where he was hailed as the Community Hero. Celebrating the shining stars across the UK who have given back tremendously to their communities, Kevin clinched the title with almost 700 votes, over 100 more than his fellow finalists. His impact has evidently been felt across the region, and one particular business that has benefitted massively from Kevin’s coaching is The Little Gin Company. Founded in 2015, The Little Gin Company was born out of friendship between business owners Nicola Tavener and Emma Bishop and their love for gin. When March’s lockdown posed a threat to their events-based business, they reached out to Kevin for help. In January 2021, their turnover had increased by 150%, with a 300% increase in gross profit and a staggering 800% increase in net profit. They are confident that these results are due to Kevin’s support. “Kevin has helped us to really understand our potential, through many inspiring/motivational conversations, crunching numbers, improving our processes, consistently measuring what we are delivering and achieving and, at times, offering some brutal honestly that we really need to hear! Kevin helps us to be accountable for how we continue to push forward and grow the business, even in these challenging times. ” Although there’s still a way to go before we see the end of the pandemic, Kevin is confident that 2021 will be a prosperous year for businesses large and small. --- ### Hospitality and Care Staff - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/hospitality-and-care-staff-pr/ - Article Categories: Action Coach How can hospitality and care businesses attract talent and retain their staff? Expert business coach, Kevin Riley, at ActionCOACH Warwick has seen an increase of business owners in both the care and hospitality sectors looking for advice on how they can attract and retain great staff. Kevin wants to express the importance of getting the right people into a team and ensuring they want to stay there. “First and foremost, business owners mustn’t rely on a recruitment agency and leave it there. It’s vital for business owners to understand that the responsibility for recruitment is in their hands and runs much deeper. Successful recruiting hinges on the existing culture of a business, a recruitment process that explores attitudes as well as skills, and having ongoing professional development opportunities for staff,” said Kevin. “Employee retention is a critical part of both the care and hospitality industries. Yet sadly, most business operators feel powerless in stopping the high staff turnover rate in the industry. I want to share how these businesses can stabilise employment, improve retention, and increase customer satisfaction and profitability. ” The points below provide an understanding of the industry and the steps taken to resolve these critical issues: Focus on training: It’s not enough to train new employees by having them shadow staff for two days. Training needs to be done on a one-to-one continual basis. This approach results in consistent performance of employees allowing them to work more efficiently. Cross-training is equally important for your operations, not only because it can help with successful planning but also because it exposes team members to different areas of the job. When a member of staff feels confident in their role, it shines through to customers and bolsters team confidence too. Flexibility goes a long way: This is especially important to staff who have physically demanding roles - travelling from client to the next or on your feet all day in a kitchen. It’s important to be flexible with rotas for staff. For instance, how can you make your workplace more appealing to skilled people who also have family commitments? Having a diverse team will go a long way to finding the perfect workplace solution for everyone’s needs. Workplace relationships: Co-worker relationships directly impact the turnover and retention in an establishment. Creating a happy environment will result in a better atmosphere in the workplace where employees then have a positive mindset to deal with any challenges thrown up by the complex factors of the hospitality and care sectors. What can you do to foster relationships both during work and socially? “Organisations that show they care about their employees by providing a fun and inspiring workplace will reap enormous benefits from the increased productivity, efficiency and creative approach to problem-solving. The best way to reduce staff turnover is to eliminate the reasons why people leave. Whilst there is no one-size-fits-all solution because every organisation is different, the culture of your business is key to attracting and retaining talent,” added Kevin. So, here are 3 simple steps to take right now: Speak to your employees and find out what would make their working day better. This could help you identify simple things that can be fixed quickly, as well as give you a better understanding of problems that should be resolved immediately and over time. Carry out research outside of your organisation – understand what other businesses are doing to keep their employees happier and more successful, whether it could be a more comfortable uniform or a training course to give more confidence. Ensure your staff have regular opportunities to tell you how to improve productivity and effectiveness of what they do – who better to ask than the specialists you already employ? Listening to your staff can help to make them feel valued and understood, which can help you gain a loyal workforce who become brand ambassadors ready to welcome new people to the team. To find out how ActionCOACH Warwick could help your business, please visit https://warwick. actioncoach. co. uk/ for more details. --- ### Leadership for Innovation - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2025-07-22 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/leadership-for-innovation/ - Article Categories: Action Coach, Kevin Riley Business Coach, Leadership 5 ways leaders can inspire innovation Companies all over the world are constantly innovating – or so we think. A study of 1,000 workplaces, conducted by RADA in Business1, finds 81% of workplaces have failed to create a culture that encourages new ideas and experimentation, according to their staff. It’s important to promote a culture where your team are comfortable to take risks. With innovation being such a buzzword in this fast-paced world, it’s become a crucial part to any business – big or small. Kevin Riley, a business growth specialist from ActionCOACH Warwick, knows all too well the challenge businesses are facing. “Businesses have to evolve and innovate every single day,” says Kevin. “If they don’t, they’ll see everyone else around them is moving forwards. If you don’t keep up, not only will your business stand still, it will actually retreat from the competition. One way to innovate in your business is to think of it as a living, breathing entity – as a leader you want to encourage the introduction of new methods, ideas or products to give it life. ” Here are Kevin’s top tips on how leaders can inspire their teams to become more innovative: Teach someone something. There’s nothing better than relaying your expertise onto someone else, enabling them to grow. As a business owner or team leader, you should be present and nothing sends that signal stronger than taking your time to teach someone something. Be enthusiastic. Enthusiasm is infectious and promotes creativity. If you’re excited, that usually resonates throughout the rest of the team. What’s more, you should have a space where employees can voice their ideas in a safe and comfortable environment. The more at ease they feel to make suggestions and come up with ideas, the more of them you’ll see – that’s a promise! Tell someone they did a good job. As humans, it’s natural to want to feel like we’re doing the right thing. And appraisal is an important part of that. If a member of your team does something that is worthy of a pat on the back, then do it – it’s important to praise the behaviour that lead to the result, rather than the result itself. There’s no greater satisfaction than feeling appreciated for what you do. Communicate in a way that suits the individual. People work in a whole manner of ways and your approach to how you communicate with them should reflect that. It’s becoming increasingly important to be on the same level as employees to ensure you optimise operations and encourage ideas. Talk about the future. Looking ahead is key to any business - your employees should be on that journey with you. They’ll feel like a valued member of the team and will be more likely to stick around for the long term if you communicate what you hope to achieve for the business as a whole. Kevin adds: “All of these aspects promote a more feedforward approach, rather than feedback. Einstein’s definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting the same results. As a leader, you can be a catalyst for your team and business to reach the next level through innovation of systems, services and products. ” --- ### Leadership Week - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/leadership-week/ - Article Categories: Action Coach International Leadership Week is championed by local business growth specialist A helping hand for the business leaders of tomorrow 18th-21st November 2019 was the inaugural International Leadership Week. Its mission is to inspire great leadership everywhere. Each year the event will focus on one particular theme of leadership and this year the focus is ‘values’. What do we mean by ‘values’ and does the definition differ depending on our age or socio-demographic factors? Kevin Riley is a business growth specialist working with businesses in Warwick and the surrounding areas. He’s hoping to partner with local schools to ignite the passions of tomorrow’s business leaders and find out what values are important to them as future employees and business owners. Here’s Kevin’s 5 top tips for the leaders of today and tomorrow... TALK ABOUT THE FUTURE – Leaders think about the future and help others see the future. As Mark Collar says, “Leaders teach people to dream, not just execute. ” TEACH SOMEONE SOMETHING – Leaders are involved in their organisation and committed to growing organisational capability. Nothing sends that signal stronger than taking a moment to teach someone something. ACTIVELY LISTEN – Many of us talk about being good listeners, but few of us are really good at it. The next time you are asked to listen to someone, use clarifying and confirming skills, but don’t offer a point of view until the presenter says, “What do you think? ” BE ENTHUSIASTIC – Leaders have enthusiasm and energy. They transfer this energy to the organisation and the business issues at hand. Practice being outright enthusiastic about an idea and watch how people change. HAVE FUN – Leaders typically enjoy what they are doing, no matter how tough the task. People want to follow someone who enjoys what they are doing. As an experienced and accomplished business leader, developing and leading SMEs over the last 20 years across two continents, Kevin has real world experience of the challenges business owners face. He’s committed to creating 150 multi-millionaires over the next 15 years and part of that vision includes working with the business leaders of tomorrow to ignite their interest in business ownership. To enquire about Kevin visiting your school or college, visit warwick. actioncoach. co. uk --- ### Read a Book Day - Published: 2023-11-13 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/read-a-book-day-pr/ - Article Categories: Action Coach The benefits of reading for business decision-makers Every year, Read a Book Day is designed to encourage people to put their heads down and get stuck into their favourite books. Whilst you might imagine that it is just for schoolchildren as they begin their latest year in education, the benefits of reading for decision-makers in the business world has an overwhelming impact too. In fact, results from a survey reveals that just six minutes of reading can reduce a person’s stress levels by 68%1. It’s said that to become an expert in a particular field, you need to read 50 books a year on that topic for 5 years – roughly translating to one a week. Kevin Riley, a business growth specialist from ActionCOACH Warwick, supports many clients in the region and, being an avid reader himself, he knows just how much it can benefit a business owner and impact the success of their business. “Regardless of whether it’s for professional development or recreational purposes, reading has many benefits,” Kevin explained. “Many business owners might think they’re too busy to factor time into their diaries for such activities, but by committing to just an hour a day – half an hour in the morning and another in the evening – the results within your business will be huge. It all comes down to how reading affects our bodies and how we, as humans, operate. ” Here are Kevin’s top five benefits of reading: Promotes mental health. By simply opening a book, you allow yourself to be invited into a world that distracts you from your daily stressors. Reading can relax your body by lowering your heart rate and easing the tension in your muscles. Improves memory, focus and concentration. Reading not only improves your brain’s connectivity, it also increases attention spans, focus and concentration. Books with better structures encourage us to think in a sequence so, the more we read, the more our brains are able to link cause and effect. All great attributes for a business owner. Provides a brain workout. Reading daily helps your brain to stay in shape by providing a workout in multiple complex cognitive functions. Research also suggests that reading can help reduce the risk of developing dementia as, for those that read later in life, have a 32% lower rate of declining mental abilities. Improves expertise. Perhaps one of the most obvious benefits is how knowledgeable you’ll become as a result. By spending one hour a day reading, at the end of the year you’ll have finished around 50 books. To become an expert in your field, it’s estimated that you need to complete over 1,820 hours of reading – which amounts to one hour a day for five years. Break segments down into digestible chunks and you’ll be an expert in no time. Enhances sleep. Combining all four of the benefits above will help to enhance sleep. Getting an adequate amount of rest will help you seize the day and the challenges of business ownership with a fresh mind and body. Kevin lists his top five must-reads for business owners: Emyth Revisited by Michael Gerber Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller Sales EQ by Jeb Blount Atomic Habits by James Clear Secrets of a Millionaire Mind by T Harv Eker. Kevin added: “When individuals invest in reading, the results are destined to be huge. Putting aside the time to focus on your own development will only have positive effects, not just on you, the business owner, but the rest of your team too. You never know what you might achieve with just an hour of reading a day – the results really are limitless. ” --- ### Business Freedom - Published: 2022-06-22 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/articles/business-freedom-pr/ - Article Categories: Action Coach Local business owners and leaders share how to OWN your business The dream of building a business that gives you flexibility, fulfilment and financial freedom is a common one. This is certainly true in Warwickshire, where 5,117 new companies were launched in 2021 alone*. This entrepreneurial spirit should be celebrated; however, in many cases, the business owners who seek financial and personal freedom through their businesses can end up becoming trapped in them. With the ongoing pressures that have been put on every industry from the fallout of the pandemic, Brexit and the cost-of-living crisis, many business owners will be feeling isolated and unsure about what steps to take going forward. Here, three local business leaders share their advice on how to own your business before it owns you - in even the most difficult periods. Mick Copas, Director of Active Mobility in Stratford Upon Avon, which supplies products and expert advice to support accessibility for disabled and elderly customers, started his business to gain control over his own destiny. “I was made redundant twice in my corporate career, and I vowed that I would never have to go through that insecurity again. Owning a business is not easy; however, it is manageable if you continue to have a growth mindset. It’s easy to get complacent the longer you operate your business, and you need to work smarter and not harder to get the outcomes you deserve. Think about what systems and structures you can put in place to make your offering more effective. It took me a long time to get to this approach, but it paid off, and I now only work four days a week. If you don’t know how to do this, I would recommend looking for support from an external business advisor or service – the difference it makes is life-changing. ” Sean Duffy is the owner of Midland CSB: a Warwick-based company which installs a variety of outdoor sports facilities. “My biggest bit of advice would be to find someone you trust who can hold you to account. I used to waste so much energy in the wrong places, doubting myself and my team, and not knowing the way forward. As business leaders, we know the answer, but sometimes we’re afraid to take the steps to make the changes. For me, finding a business coach whom I had faith in allowed me to turn things around. At the time, I knew how to install the best sports pitches in the country, but I didn’t know how to run all elements of my business. Since I started this relationship with a coach, I have halved my hours in the business, and my mental health has improved significantly. ” Local business coach Kevin Riley of ActionCOACH Warwick works with Mick and Sean and companies throughout Coventry and Warwickshire on freeing themselves from their businesses. Here are Kevin’s top tips on the changes you can make to push your business to the next level despite the ongoing challenges of 2022: Delegation, delegation, delegation. I find that many business leaders who have developed their businesses are still doing multiple job roles. This diverts you from the vision of pushing your business further forward. Appointing a sales or marketing manager can free you up to lead your business rather than potentially being the reason the business gets left behind. Speak the language of business. Business is a language which you must learn. Clearly, as your business grows, so should you. There is an incredible assortment of books to help you progress. Atomic Habits by James Clear is one of my personal favourites. As part of encouraging this growth, we have a monthly BookCLUB to build a community of business knowledge, where we also meet up to have a meal in a local pub - learning can be fun! Break boundaries by setting goals. Setting goals can be an impactful way to refine your focus. The more you are willing to push and challenge yourself, the more you benefit over the long term. But so you don’t feel overwhelmed by one large goal, break it down into smaller targeted tasks as focusing on what you can control makes a huge difference. To find out how ActionCOACH Warwick could help your business, please visit https://warwick. actioncoach. co. uk/ for more details. *Inform Direct, Company Formations Warwickshire, 2021. --- --- ## Case Studies ### The HR Consultants > Being a HR expert was second nature to Charlotte Pitts, founder of The HR Consultants, a Stratford-upon-Avon based HR consultancy business – but, like so many business owners, Charlotte knew that she needed to develop her business skills and acumen to ensure the business could grow. - Published: 2024-07-17 - Modified: 2024-07-17 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/the-hr-consultants/ "People are probably fed up with the number of times I’ve recommended Kevin and the team to them! It is a sizeable investment, but it is 100% worth it." Flipping the script: from expert to entrepreneur Being a HR expert was second nature to Charlotte Pitts, founder of The HR Consultants, a Stratford-upon-Avon based HR consultancy business – but, like so many business owners, Charlotte knew that she needed to develop her business skills and acumen to ensure the business could grow. When she met the team at ActionCOACH Warwick - just as she was starting out - business coach Kevin Riley stood out right away. Waiting for the right moment, Charlotte reached out to the team after establishing her business in the area – just as she was on the cusp of taking on her first member of staff. Right place, right time Charlotte used her experience and expertise of the industry to launch her own HR consultancy in 2019, providing outsourced HR support to small businesses who needed that extra HR helping hand. “When I started in 2019, it was just me and I only really worked with local companies, but I knew with the right tools I could grow the business. “I knew Lizzie, one of the team at ActionCOACH Warwick, quite well and she encouraged me to come to a workshop just after I’d launched the business, which is where I met Kevin for the first time. ” Charlotte was impressed with Kevin’s knowledge and knew straight away he would add value to her business through coaching. For Charlotte, waiting for the right moment was key. “I wanted to establish myself first – build relationships with my clients and see if I could expand the team. “I was a little hesitant about being coached to begin with, but looking back now, I think I was apprehensive about someone coming in to shine a light on the tasks I was putting off. A year or so later, towards the end of 2020, I attended a free session from the team, who were helping businesses through the pandemic. It was around the same time I was bringing in my first member of staff, so decided it was the perfect time to start working with Kevin. ” Aiming higher Putting in place strong business structure and procedures was first on the agenda for Charlotte. “I didn’t know what I didn’t know when it came to running my own business. Kevin set me on the right path to plan for what I wanted to achieve and then, most importantly, make sure I was acting on it. “One of the big things we went through was being more ambitious with my targets. The goals I was setting previously were easily achievable, so I knew I wouldn’t have the stress of not meeting them. Kevin encouraged me to be more aspirational – my mindset shifted to believe it’s better to just miss a substantial target rather than easily achieve a more manageable one. ” Changing her goal-setting approach from achievable to aspirational was not the only mindset shift she worked on with Kevin. “I needed the confidence to move away from being a HR expert that runs a business to being a business owner of a HR consultancy. It seems a small change, but it did make me feel a lot more at home in that environment. We worked on how to better react to the day-to-day tasks and challenges a business owner would face, which really helped me become more emotionally prepared when those issues did arise. Knowing Kevin had experienced these before was a big help to me too. ” A maturing business Charlotte feels her business has matured significantly in the time working with Kevin and ActionCOACH Warwick. The HR Consultants is now made up of a team of 12, working with companies located across the UK. “The biggest thing for me to show how we’ve ‘grown up’ as a business is we’ve just moved into a new office. We’ve had offices before, but this feels a lot more permanent – I had to speak to a solicitor to finalise the lease, for example. It’s certainly a big change from when it was just me working with a handful of local clients! ” Kevin now coaches another member of the team, Jenny. “They work together on the business development and sales side of things. Jenny is and was excellent at that, but since working with Kevin, she’s really honed her expertise and is adding so much more to the business. We’ve now got 40-45 clients alongside doing ad-hoc projects too – I think those numbers say a lot... --- ### Twentytwo Digital - Published: 2023-11-03 - Modified: 2023-11-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/twentytwo-digital/ - Case Study Categories: Action Coach Jason and Lee during a coaching session with Kevin Lee Corden and Jason Nye joined forces in 2015 to form Twentytwo Digital, a creative design and web studio in Coventry. The two men were like many people who find themselves as business owners – talented and experienced in delivering their specialism of graphic design but with little expertise in how to operate and grow a business. Background “We were actively looking for a business coach to guide us in growing the business. We’d spoken to a couple, but the connection hadn’t felt right for us to commit. Coaching isn’t the cheapest thing in the world and we had already agreed we both had to feel comfortable with the right coach before we would invest. We knew we would need to be very honest with our coach and ourselves during the coaching process, so we held out for the connection we were looking for,” explained Lee. “We met Kevin Riley at a BNI networking event where we initially talked about helping him with social media for his business, ActionCOACH Warwick. Our personalities clicked, so we decided to speak to him about coaching us. During our initial meeting, Kevin drew on his personal experience in business – the good, bad and the ugly – and it was clear he brought more to the table than any coach we’d met before. To be genuine enough to own up to his business mistakes in the past, he didn’t make us feel inferior. What he did do was show he was equipped to support us to reach the big goals we were tentatively dreaming of. ” The connection was right for Lee and Jason and from July 2019 they invested in weekly one-to-one coaching with Kevin in July 2019. They attended seminars he delivered, took part in 90-day planning workshops and enjoyed the monthly book club. Initial improvements “First we set the foundations in place together. We were bringing in £15,000 a month with both Jason and me working in the business plus three staff. ” “Kevin got us to look at where we wanted to be in five years’ time and then we worked back from there, considering what we needed to put in place to reach those goals. Our grand plan is to open a second office in the US having grown our UK office to 20 staff and £2million turnover, growing that to an equal size. ” “In our first few months of coaching with Kevin, we put solid processes in behind the day-to-day delivery and operations for the business so we could grow without any setbacks. Whether it was project management, how to create a business card, recruiting staff or our sales process, everything had a clear process in place. These meant that any new member of staff could refer to the processes and perform as well as someone who had been in the team for several years. ” “We were open with our team, they knew why we were investing in our coaching sessions with Kevin and adapted well to the changes. I think they liked our ambitious nature and understood they would benefit too. ” “We then began to spend time on the organisation’s structure and our roles within it. We considered what staff we’d need to deliver on our goals for growth. What did we need to put in place, who should we recruit and who could be developed so we were comfortable to take on more clients? While Jason focused on the operational side of the business during our coaching sessions, I concentrated on sales. Having delegated some of my daily tasks to the right people, I was able to join more networking events. ” The results so far “By January 2020, after 6 months of coaching, our turnover had increased by over 100%. Even with the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic, we were able to keep on all our staff, generating more income than the same time in the previous year. Thanks to our coaching with Kevin, we offered solutions for business needing to pivot quickly, including delivering ecommerce websites in 24 hours. ” “By the end of 2020 we had turned over £340,000 with over double the net profit of 2019. Since our coaching began, we’ve taken on new staff and we’re recruiting to another two key roles as we emerge from the COVID-19 lockdown period – a team of 11 in total. ” “Kevin’s coaching has been incredibly valuable, opening our eyes to a... --- ### The Pack Smart Group - Published: 2023-11-03 - Modified: 2023-11-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/the-pack-smart-group/ - Case Study Categories: Action Coach Achieving success in the order fulfilment, packaging and distribution industry during and after the COVID-19 lockdown. Pack Smart business owners Seánna Holland and Nick Walker Seánna Holland and Nick Walker are founders and directors of The Pack Smart Group. Having come together many years ago in their former jobs, a mutual respect and admiration developed, ultimately leading them to launching and running their distribution and logistics company, The Pack Smart Group, based in Coventry and Kenilworth. Although there’s no doubt the two work well together, they felt they could benefit from a third party who could act as a sounding board and potentially propel their business forwards. The pair had enjoyed steady success in the past decade, the pandemic sparked hurried growth giving rise to intense pressure to keep up with demand. Nonetheless, The Pack Smart Group were keen to capitalise on this surge in uptake of their services. “We weren’t looking for a business coach, we were so unbelievably busy when lockdown hit as the demand for e-commerce delivery went into complete overdrive. We were obviously grateful that our business hadn’t closed like so many were forced to, but with our required output skyrocketing, we started to feel overwhelmed,” explained Seánna. “When Kevin Riley from ActionCOACH Warwick approached us, we were hesitant to even entertain the idea of a business coach. We were concerned about the time we would have to invest in the sessions and the subsequent actions or homework we might be given to complete. “However, we agreed to a joint session and whilst we went into it open, we did both think it wasn’t the right time. We quite quickly realised that Kevin was someone who could help us see the wood for the trees! He really understood us and our business. We thought having an extra person to bounce ideas off during the peak season we were heading into could be a valuable asset. Our first session convinced us it would be time well spent. ” The initial improvements “We started our one-to-one weekly coaching in April 2020, when the world was the early stages of getting to grips with lockdown. We were in full-on fire-fighting mode, desperately trying to keep pace with our orders, ever changing restrictions and concerned workforce. Kevin immediately pointed out some quick wins that would have long-term benefits. “Nick and I were often covering the same roles, both of us getting involved in finance, HR, operations and so on. Kevin suggested we concentrate on separate areas of the business. Now, I manage sales and the Client Service Team whilst Nick heads up operations. Before, clients weren’t always sure who to go to, now they know who to approach for each specific element of business. “Taking Kevin’s advice has completely revolutionised our efficiency. Nick and I had both been feeling worn down and actually quite frustrated – I’d certainly lost my passion for the business. With Kevin’s advice and guidance, we restructured our team, putting two new people in customer service and promoting internally a new Operations Manager. Doing this has meant we’re less involved in the day-to-day business with more time to focus on our strategy and growth. “Jack, our Operations Manager, has been with us since he was 16, and we’re delighted to offer him this promotion at 22. Nick has taken him under his wing and has been an excellent mentor to him. Ironically, Nick was concerned at first, telling Kevin he didn’t have it in him to develop people – he thought it sounded fluffy. He’s now unbelievably good at bringing the best out in our team. On our first-year anniversary of working together, Kevin even bought Nick a pink tutu, symbolising his ugly duckling transformation into the caring and thoughtful mentor he has been to Jack and the rest of the team! “Kevin’s also been coaching Jack, who now has the potential to step up if Nick wishes to spend less time in the business in the future. We also have team leaders and assistants at all three sites, as well as an Operational Co-Ordinator who liaises with our Client Services Team. In the short term, it was imperative we had this team in place due to COVID-19. Protecting our team at each site through bubbles and shift patterns was essential as our workload increased. But now we’re set up with a team that can take the business forward in the long-term. ” The results so far “Both of us are open and honest enough to say our business is dramatically different since Kevin started coaching us. Our team is better, our... --- ### Magnetar IT - Published: 2023-11-03 - Modified: 2023-11-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/magnetar-it/ - Case Study Categories: Action Coach Background Today, the IT business solutions company has a global presence and last year alone increased its profit by 100% whilst being recognised as the Professional Services Firm of the Year during the CoventryLive Business Awards. So, what helped Magnetar elevate its business to new heights? “When we first launched Magnetar IT there were so many moving wheels to manage! Aside from registering the business domain and laying other foundations needed to launch a business, we needed to grow our client base as soon as we could. We went out and spoke to our closest network of people to see if there was anyone interested in our services but, like with any new company, the greatest development managers we had were our family and loved ones – like my mum, who got us our first client. At this point we were willing to do anything to get client work, so we started taking on simple IT projects like developing websites without setting our sites on the work we truly wanted to be doing. “Slowly but surely, our client base grew as our reputation as an IT business solutions company improved. Whilst our business was slowly evolving, we still felt stuck – we were going to every networking event in our area without reaping many rewards. It was at this point, with impeccable timing, our local Action Coach, Kevin Riley, reached out to me on LinkedIn. I’ve always been a big believer in the transformative effects of coaching, and I knew it was something we needed in the business to help us really excel. Positioning himself as a business growth specialist, I knew Kevin would not only help us close more deals and help the business grow financially, but also utilise his valuable experience to help us become expert salesmen. ” After a complimentary strategy session with Kevin, in May 2019 Raf and Lewis invested in weekly 1:1 coaching sessions. Initial Improvements “Before ActionCOACH, we had no real idea about business management. One of the first things we went through was focusing on our sales process, which we realised was detrimental to our business – if our client work was unstable, then we couldn’t make any real money. We realised it doesn’t matter how good your service or product is – if you can’t sell, you can’t survive. “We needed to alter our business paradigm, but first I needed to have a mindset shift of what it meant to be a salesman. I had the stigma in my mind that a salesperson was pushy, disloyal and someone who would do anything to close a sale – but Kevin taught me this was far from the truth. I realised a salesperson is actually someone who is facilitating or providing a service to fulfil someone’s needs or requirements. I recognised in order to be a better salesman, I just needed to prioritise my clients. This was brought about in the form of improving our processes and delivery to make our business as efficient as possible, ensuring we were hiring the right people with the right values and creating a culture which can both accommodate for growth and strive for it. ” “In our infancy, we needed to sell and have a steady flow of client work, but our culture was equally as important to us. Our coaching was instrumental in helping us to ensure all aspects of the business thrive, which meant even as we navigated the turbulent time of the pandemic, our business remained strong. ” The Results So Far “Personally, mine and Lewis’ work-life balance was non-existent when we began working with ActionCOACH. This took a little while to improve as, due to the nature of our business, we were working around 65 hours a week during the midst of Covid. Throughout this period, we felt like we had to make up the time we would’ve spent networking and building relationships with other businesses in person but, once we had steadied ourselves following the first hit of the pandemic, our coaching introduced us to how we could achieve a better work-life balance. ” “ActionCOACH has a team of business growth coaches and after being coached by Kevin initially, we also began coaching with Hana. We learnt how to work on the business rather than in the business and, as we were in such a strong position after Covid, this meant we were able to hire a team which further improved our work-life balance. The fact Magnetar was excelling despite such a... --- ### Shebang Design & Marketing - Published: 2023-11-01 - Modified: 2023-11-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/shebang-design-marketing/ - Case Study Categories: Action Coach In 2010, Shebang Design & Marketing was born out of Emma Anderson’s desire to support clients with innovative full-service design and marketing. Emma was like many who begin their own business – armed with a plethora of knowledge and previous experience in their sector, but with little expertise in how to manage and grow a business. Background “Before starting Shebang, I was the Marketing Manager for an international property development company. I had been with the same boss, although not the same company, for 19 years and during that time I had worked with a variety of clients. Unfortunately, in 2010 I was made redundant and all I had was an old company laptop. Although my previous employers helped to get me on my way by providing me with a couple of small projects to work on, I felt lost. I knew I wanted to support clients with their marketing needs, but I didn’t know where to start. “During my first few years of establishing Shebang, I visited my accountant for a strategy meeting. It was expensive, but the advice I received during that session was invaluable – and that’s when I realised I needed someone to support me every step of the way. I had recently been to a business expo and had collected a whole range of business cards, one being from ActionCOACH. So, I made the call and soon after Kevin and Kath visited me to discuss my future. I was looking for an encouraging coach who could motivate me whilst still pushing me beyond my comfort zone – that person was Kath Cleary. “Our initial meeting consisted of me offloading to Kath, including all my worries and stresses about the business. We concentrated on me reclaiming my excitement for Shebang, and how this would motivate me to develop the business. Just this first session put me at ease and gave me a clear vision of what the future of Shebang could look like. ” In November 2020, Emma invested in fortnightly one-to-one coaching, leaving enough time in between the sessions for her to process Kath’s advice and put it into action. Ahead of tasks that Emma may find a little daunting at first, the pair also meet to help build Emma’s confidence. Despite starting her coaching amidst the uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, Emma, with Kath’s guidance and support, made progress in creating a brighter and better future for her business. The initial improvements “One of the first things we did was hire a bookkeeper to work alongside Grineaux accountants who could take the majority of the financial workload off me. I’m a creative and so arithmetic doesn’t come naturally to me – having someone on board who could share simplified profit comparisons to check we are reaching our target was, and still is, so helpful. We also formulated a plan to improve the balance between my work and personal lives which ensured I was refreshed when I came into work each morning. This improved dynamic gave me a new lease of life when it came to Shebang. “I was seeing the benefits of these changes almost immediately. With members of the team leaving due to the pandemic, Kath’s coaching helped me form a team I knew I could rely on, and who had a similar vision to me. Although the stability of our profits wasn’t apparent straight away, the difference Kath made to the morale of the whole team was priceless. So much so that whilst we allow our employees to work from home, none of them do as Shebang has become such a stimulating and supportive place to work. With a motivated team then came the stability in our profits, signifying to me the growth of my business. “I know I can rely on Kath to motivate me during stressful times. She reminds me of how far Shebang has come and pushes me to do things I’m not comfortable with due to my lack of experience in those areas. Recently we have taken on a significant project for an existing client based in London which involves pitching and presenting to large groups. Despite me finding this challenging, Kath reminds me I’m capable of succeeding in all areas of my business, which gives me the motivation I need to help Shebang grow. ” The results so far “In the past year, we have seen a 100% profit margin growth. This has not fluctuated, signifying our stable positive trajectory for Shebang Marketing. With an increase in... --- ### Paint n Powder Services - Published: 2023-11-01 - Modified: 2023-11-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/paint-n-powder-services/ - Case Study Categories: Action Coach For over 25 years Paint n Powder Services have been providing high-quality powder coating finishes to thousands of products from their base in Daventry. Never before in all their years of operating has this family run business faced the uncertainty and complexities created by the COVID-19 lockdown. However, what they have achieved during the past 11 weeks has demonstrated outstanding commitment to ensuring the current and future success of their business. Business owner Glenn Morris closed the doors of his factory on 26th March and together with family turned his focus to working on the business during lockdown. With Business Growth Specialist Kevin Rileys guidance, they dedicated their time to researching potential new clients and revisiting previous clients resulting in a list of over 1,500 leads to follow up on. They rewrote their sales process, created a Facebook marketing strategy, updated their website, produced a new company logo and ensured that the factory was cleaned down and ready for use when the time was right. Equipped with their ‘new look’, strategies and opportunities, the team set about contacting 200 leads per week using their new sales process. The result? As lockdown restrictions were eased and their customers got back to work, Paint n Powder we able to open their doors once more on 20th April, they emerged stronger, equipped and ready to welcome the new business they had generated during the lockdown period. In fact, they have since had one of their busiest weeks of the year – a fantastic success in an industry that has been slow to restart. Congratulations to Glenn and the Paint n Powder team for your hard work and dedication – we look forward to your ongoing success! --- ### Carty Services - Published: 2023-11-01 - Modified: 2023-11-03 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/carty-services/ - Case Study Categories: Action Coach Cultivating a profitable business with ActionCOACH Carty Services, a gardening contractor based in Warwickshire, was founded in 2005 by Martin Carty with a belief that indoor and outdoor areas should be nurtured and maintained, with a personal touch. Martin was like many new entrepreneurs – passionate and knowledgeable, but with little expertise in the logistics of running a business. After being with ActionCOACH for just one year, Carty Services is now renowned for its great customer service and attention to detail, experiencing 67% profit growth since their coaching began. “Before I met business coach Kath Cleary my profit margin was virtually non-existent. Now, less than one year on, our turnover has increased by 15% and growing! Kath has not only improved the financial landscape of my business but also my mindset – she has taught me how to make use of my team and their unique skills, even ones they weren’t necessarily employed for such as accountancy, to shape a motivated, efficient team. ” Sowing the seeds Martin launched the business part-time from home with a £200 initial investment. Carty Services has since flourished into a full-time business with 14 dedicated team members. Originally attending ActionCOACH’s ProfitCLUB for six months, Martin got a taste of the winning strategies ActionCOACH helps budding entrepreneurs to develop. Designed to offer business owners a structured environment to brainstorm, ask for and receive advice from a certified Action Coach and share strategies for the best business acumen, ProfitCLUB provides its members with a mutually supportive network. Improving his turnover by £40,000 through implementing strategies he had learnt during the first few sessions of ProfitCLUB, Martin then chose to embark on one-to-one business coaching. ActionCOACH’s main appeal to Martin was the franchise’s emotional take on the business world. “Through ProfitCLUB, I experienced first-hand ActionCOACH’s focus on not only their client’s finances but their lives. Kath suggested we meet up to discuss the different elements of my business – she knew that although my finances needed work, I wanted to learn how I could improve in other areas too. Following an initial complimentary strategy session with Kath, at the end of 2021, Martin invested in fortnightly one-to-one coaching sessions. Slow and steady growth “I realised, both from my time with ProfitCLUB and that first strategy session, that Kath and I would work well together. She provided me with an overview of how a successful business should manage its finances, and how we could adapt my current business model to match that of a profitable business. When I began attending ProfitCLUB, it felt as if my business was out of control in every direction – I had grown the business on a part-time basis which meant cash flow was a problem and work was on my mind all the time. I was constantly worried about managing areas of my business I wasn’t comfortable with – namely accounting and finance – and I was always pushing myself to my limits to try and provide for my family. “Kath’s depth of knowledge and the way she held me accountable for the goals we had set encouraged me to believe I could turn my business around. Our initial goal was to take control of the finances of Carty Services by setting money aside for VAT and tax – elements of a usual business transaction that I wasn’t making use of. From here, I had to become more proactive in seeking out clients to help my business thrive. Kath taught me how to network – how to have belief in myself and the business so I could confidently recommend my services to potential clients. ” With his newfound belief in the future of his business, Carty Services began to grow. Organisational strategies and a desire to network have led Martin to acquire four new customers during his time with Kath so far. After obtaining no new clients for several years, this milestone represents the steady growth Carty Services has gained in less than a year. Reaping the rewards “Within six months of working with Kath I started to have more of an income from the business. Alongside this, I also had more free time because I was more organised. My working life has been completely transformed and I now have the time to consider how I can improve Carty Services – for my team and our clients – instead of worrying about making ends meet. Now we have a clear business plan and strategies in place, my team has a new sense... --- ### Rev PR - Published: 2023-10-17 - Modified: 2023-11-15 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/case-study/rev-pr/ - Case Study Categories: Action Coach In 2015, Rev PR was born as the brainchild of Lucy Archer and Sally Anne Butters. As a PR agency specialising in franchising and sitting a stone’s throw away from the Oxfordshire countryside, the pair had truly found their niche. Background After a positive launch and initial success, the two directors found that they themselves had become an obstacle to future growth. Both felt that in order to welcome the next stage of the business, they would need to split their roles. But despite the vision, the duo didn’t know how to make this a reality. “We initially started working with Kevin for the launch of ActionCOACH Warwick in June 2019, supporting him with PR activity,” said Lucy. “After many months of showcasing his business, along with the fantastic results his clients were experiencing, he offered us a free consultation. As a stroke of luck, it was around the time Sally and I were deliberating on how to split our roles, so it was great to receive his input on how exactly we could do that. “A new structure was vital to help us take the company to the next level; however, we were also up against a deadline and secondary driving factor – I was expecting my son just three months later! We needed to be sure I could take time away, without the business being affected. We brought as much information as we could to our initial chat, and the takeaway was huge – Kevin validated every single one of our feelings towards the change along with some epiphany-inducing advice. And that’s when it became clear he would be the one to help us make it happen. ” In March 2020, Sally and Lucy invested in weekly one-to-one coaching, initially as a pair and then alternating between themselves to focus on their new specific roles and responsibilities. Although the beginning of their coaching coincided with the first UK national lockdown due to the COVID-19 pandemic, it didn’t stop the team from making significant progress. The initial improvements “Prior to Lucy’s maternity leave, we had the opportunity to focus on the foundations of the business,” said Sally. “With Kevin’s support, we created a five-year plan, with distinct steps on how to reach each milestone. The first few goals were to implement proper systems and processes to stimulate growth and expand the team, bringing in new publicists for client delivery. Our documentation was overhauled resulting in a comprehensive suite of guides and quality checking to maximise efficiency and minimise my input where possible. “We’ve always prided ourselves on our openness and honesty with our team. We made sure they were aware of our plans and goals, and we brought them with us on the journey to help them understand how the business’ success would benefit them too. Candidness is something we encourage, and it was great to see the team echoing our enthusiasm on where the business was heading. “Through economic upturns and downturns, of any nature, PR and comms never stops. With both Lucy and I now focused on our new roles, we began to see results almost instantly. We experienced record highs with enquiries, being the only PR agency working within the franchising arena, and it was now up to us to keep it under control. Luckily, with our newly implemented systems becoming the first port of call for employees, we were able to grow the size of the client delivery team – doubling from two to four – to meet the demand whilst, more importantly, ensuring our gold standard of work wasn’t compromised. ” The results so far “The biggest benefit initially, was the ability for me to take time out without the business being negatively impacted. Ongoing, the balance of accountability and motivation that Kevin provides means that there’s no way you can’t continually move forwards. Whether that’s in tangible business achievements, personal learning or confidence in ourselves as business owners,” Lucy explained. Within 10 months of working with Kevin, Rev PR exceeded year two of their original five-year plan. At the beginning of January 2021, the trio reconvened to map out the new future of the business. If the first stage is anything to go by, then their self-confessed “ambitious” targets are easily achievable. “Before we started working with Kevin, we were turning over around £250,000,” said Lucy. “By the end of our next financial year, we’re on target to comfortably exceed half a million. Our monthly client income has increased by 72%, and if... --- --- ## Downloads ### One Page Strategic Plan Template > Download a free One Page Strategic Plan Template to align your team, set clear priorities, and drive business growth with focus and accountability. - Published: 2025-10-20 - Modified: 2025-10-20 - URL: https://coaching-360.co.uk/downloads/one-page-strategic-plan-template/ - Download Categories: Free Resources, Free Resources, Scaling Up, Strategy - Download Tags: Alignment, Growth tools, Scaling Up, Strategy The One-Page Strategic Plan Template (OPSP) is part of the Scaling Up framework, used by over 80,000 growth-focused companies worldwide. This free template helps you define your vision, goals, and 90-day priorities so everyone in your business knows exactly where you’re heading and how to get there. Clarify your purpose, values and BHAG Set 3- to 5-year targets, annual goals and quarterly priorities Assign clear ownership and accountability Keep your leadership team aligned and focused Download the template and start building your company’s next stage of growth today. Download the OPSP Template Need guidance to fill it out? Explore a facilitated session with Kevin Riley Book a discovery call to talk scaling Explore Strategic Facilitation to implement your OPSP with expert support. --- ---